ML101650278
| ML101650278 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Farley  |
| Issue date: | 06/07/2010 |
| From: | NRC/RGN-II |
| To: | Southern Nuclear Operating Co |
| References | |
| Download: ML101650278 (156) | |
Text
k. SO-347A Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service D
058AA1.02 3.1/3.1 058AA1.03 3.1/3.3 ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL Facility:
Farley Nuclear Plant Date of Examination:
March 8, 2010 Exam Level (both): RO SRO-I Operating Test No.: FA2O1 0301 Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-i)
System / JPM Title Type Code*
Safety Function
- a. Perform an emergency boration. CRO-065C mod.
024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.0I 3.8/4.1 S, M, A, L 1
073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3
- c. CR0- 333E Perform Required Actions for transfer to simultaneous S, M, A, L 3
hot and cold leg recirculation 006 A4.07 RO 4.4 SRO 4.4
- d. Perform required actions in response to RCP Seal Failures. CRO-047A K/A APEOI5AAI.22 4.0/4.2 S, D, A 4p 003A2.02 3.7/3.9
- e. CR0-I 33A Start Up The Containment Cooling System S, D, P, L 5
022A4.01 3.6/3.6 022A4.03 3.2/3.2 On the 2007 NRC exam
4160V Bus 055EA1.02 4.3/4.4 055EA1.06 4.1/4.6 055EA2.03 3.9/4.7
- g. CR0-NEW Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW 8
pump trip 5, A, D, L 008A2.01_3.3/3.6 026AA1.02 3.2/3.3
- h. CRO-406A Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And 5, A, D, L 2
Aligned 013A4.01 4.5/4.8 ONLY In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-i; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
System I JPM Title Type Code*
Safety Function
- i. SO 386 Conduct a Waste Gas release 071A4.26 (3.1)3.9)
D, R 9
- j. SO-314A Operate the TDAFW pump locally without control power D,< L, E 4s 061A2.03 3.1/3.4 6
All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
- Type Codes Cnteria for RO/ SRO-i [ACTUAL]
(A)lternate path 4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3 [716]
(C)ontrol room
[010]
(D)irect from bank
< 9 I < 8 I <4
[8I7]
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
> 1 /> I thu (L)ow-Power / Shutdown
> 1 I> 1
[716]
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including I (A)
> 2 /> 2
[313]
(P)previous 2 exams
< 3 / < 3 / <2 (randomly selected) [Ill]
(R)CA
> i I> I
[Ill]
(S)imulator
[817]
Fancy March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 1 of 1 ES-301 Control Roomlln-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL Facility:
Farley Nuclear Plant Date of Examination:
March 8, 2010 Exam Level (both): RO SRO-I Operating Test No.: FA2010301 Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-i)
System 1 JPM Title Type Code*
Safety Function
- a. Perform an emergency boration. CRO-065C mod.
024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.01 3.8/4.1 S,M,A, L 1
073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3
- c. CRO-333E Perform Required Actions for transfer to simultaneous S,M,A,L 3
hot and cold leg recirculation 006 A4.07 RO 4.4 SRO 4.4
- d. Perform required actions in response to RCP Seal Failures. CRO-047A KIA APE015AA 1.22 4.0/4.2 S,D,A 4p 003A2.023.7/3.9
- e. CRO-133A Start Up The Containment Cooling System S,D,P,L 5
022A4.01 3.6/3.6 022A4.03 3.2/3.2 On the 2007 NRC exam
- f. CRO-359E Start 1 C DG From The EPB And Align To Supply 1 F S,M,A 6
4160V Bus 055EA1.02 4.3/4.4 055EA1.06 4.1/4.6 055EA2.03 3.9/4.7
- g. CRO-NEW Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW 8
pump trip S,A, D,L 008A2.01 3.3/3.6 026AA1.02 3.2/3.3
- h. CR0-406A Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated And S,A,D,L 2
Aligned RO 013A4.01 4.5/4.8 ONLY In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-i; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
System 1 JPM Title Type Code*
Safety Function
- i. SO - 386 Conduct a Waste Gas release 071A4.26 (3.1/3.9)
D,R 9
- j. SO-314A Operate the TDAFW pump locally without control power
~L,E 4s 061A2.03 3.1/3.4 lL~'lO
- k. SO-347A Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service D
6 058AA 1.02 3.1/3.1 058AA1.033.1/3.3 All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
- Type Codes Criteria for ROI SRO-i [ACTUAL]
(A)lternate path 4-6 14-6 1 2-3 [7/6]
(C)ontrol room
[0/0]
(D)irect from bank
~9/~8/~4 [817]
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
~ 1/~ 1
[1/1]
(L)ow-Power 1 Shutdown
~ 11 ~ 1
[7/6]
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1 (A)
~2/~2 [3/3]
(P)previous 2 exams
~ 31 ~ 31 ~ 2 (randomly selected) [1/1]
{R)CA
~ 11 ~ 1
[1/1]
(S)imulator
[8/7]
Farley March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 1 of 1
OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 Facility:
Farley Nuclear Plant Date of Examination:
March 8, 2010 Exam Level (both): RO SRO-I Operating Test No.: FA2010301 Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-i)
System I JPM Title Type Code*
Safety Function
- a. Perform an emergency boration. CRO-065C mod.
024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.O1 3.8/4.1 S, M, A, L The unit will have entered ESP-0. 1. One rod will be stuck out and the candidate will have to determine to emergency borate. The Bat pump has a clogged filter on the pump discharge and will not deliver the proper flow. Attachment 2 will have to be performed to align the RWST to the chg pump suction. The setup will have charging flow low and letdown secured so the candidate will have to increase charging flow and place letdown 0/S.
073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3 The PRF system is operating during a LB LOCA and one train has to be secured. This is an action required by EEP-1.O.
- c. CR0- 333E Perform Required Actions for transfer to simultaneous 5, M, A, L 3
hot and cold leg recirculation 006 A4.07 RO 4.4 SRO 4.4 This JPM transfers from cold leg recirc to simultaneous hot and cold leg recirculation lAW ESP-1.4. The alternate path has RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Q1/2E1 1M0V8889 will not open so the RNO column will have to be used. B Train chg pump will not start and power is removed from M0V8886 so the end result will be that HL and CL recirc CANNOT be established. This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold leg Emergency recirc JPM that does not align hot and cold leg recirc with ESP-1.4. Changed this JPM to be significantly modified.
- d. Perform required actions in response to RCP Seal Failures. CRO-047A K/A APEOI 5AA1.22 4.0/4.2 S, D, A 4p 003A2.02 3.7/3.9 This RCP seal failure has seal flow> 8 gpm and a reactor trip will have to be initiated by the CR0 lAW AOP-4. 1, Abnormal RCP seal leakage.
- e. CRO-133A Start Up The Containment Cooling System 5, D, P, L 5
022A4.01 3.6/3.6 022A4.03 3.2/3.2 On the 2007 This JPM is a mode 5 JPM to start up the ctmt cooling system and NRC exam start the dome recirc fans.
- f. CRO-359E Start 1 C DG From The EPB And Align To Supply I F S, M, A 6
4160V Bus 055EA1.02 4.3/4.4 055EA1.06 4.1/4.6 055EA2.03 3.9/4.7 This JPM starts the 1C DG per AOP5-0 AOP-5.1 and aligns itto Unit 1 4160v bus. Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160 v bus is de-energized and the Unit 1 A Train SW pumps will not be available due to a fault on the 1 K 41 60v bus. The 1 C DG will have to be shutdown lAW attachment 1 or EPB Plaque due to no SW flow.
Farley March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 1 of3 ES-301 Control Roomlln-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL Facility:
Farley Nuclear Plant Date of Examination:
March 8, 2010
~OSRO-I Operating Test No.: FA2010301 Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-i)
System I JPM Title Type Code*
Safety Function
- a. Perform an emergency boration. CRO-065C mod.
024AA2.02 3.9/4.4 024AA2.01 3.8/4.1 S, M, A, L 1
The unit will have entered ESP-O.i. One rod will be stuck out and the candidate will have to determine to emergency borate. The Bat pump has a clogged filter on the pump discharge and will not deliver the proper flow. Attachment 2 will have to be performed to align the RWST to the chg pump suction. The setup will have charging flow low and letdown secured so the candidate will have to increase charging flow and place letdown O/S.
073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3 The PRF system is operating during a LB LOCA and one train has to be secured. This is an action required by EEP-1.0.
C. CRO-333E Perform Required Actions for transfer to simultaneous S,M,A,L 3
hot and cold leg recirculation 006 A4.07 RO 4.4 SRO 4.4 This JPM transfers from cold leg recirc to simultaneous hot and cold leg recirculation lAW ESP-1.4. The alternate path has RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Q1/2E11MOV8889 will not open so the RNO column will have to be used. B Train chg pump will not start and power is removed from MOV8886 so the end result will be that HL and CL recirc CANNOT be established. This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold leg Emergency recirc JPM that does not align hot and cold leg recirc with ESP-I.4. Changed this JPM to be significantly modified.
- d. Perform required actions in response to RCP Seal Failures. CRO-047A KJA APE015AA 1.224.0/4.2 S,
A 4p 003A2.023.7/3.9 This RCP seal failure has seal flow> 8 gpm and a reactor trip will have to be initiated by the CRO lAW AOP-4.1, Abnormal RCP seal leakage.
- e. CRO-133A Start Up The Containment Cooling System S,O, P,L 5
022A4.01 3.6/3.6 022A4.03 3.2/3.2 On the 2007 This JPM is a mode 5 JPM to start up the ctmt cooling system and NRC exam start the dome recirc fans.
- f. CRO-359E Start 1C DG From The EPB And Align To Supply iF S,M,A 6
4160V Bus 055EA1.02 4.3/4.4 055EA1.06 4.1/4.6 055EA2.03 3.9/4.7 This JPM starts the 1 C DG per.AtOP 5.0 AOP-5.1 and aligns it to Unit 1 4160v bus. Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160 v bus is de-energized and the Unit 1 A Train SW pumps will not be available due to a fault on the 1 K 4160v bus. The 1 C DG will have to be shutdown lAW attachment 1 or EPB Plaque due to no SW flow.
Farley March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 1 of3
ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL Facility:
Farley Nuclear Plant Date of Examination:
March 8, 2010 Exam Level (both): RO SRO-l Operating Test No.: FA2010301
- g. CR0-NEW Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW 8
pumptrip S,A,D,L 008A2.01 3.3/3.6 026AA1.02 3.2/3.3 This is a new JPM written for the upcoming LOCT JPM exam.
It will be a bank JPM in December. Based on the fact that it will be used at our site I decided to classify it as a bank JPM.
This is a mode 5 JPM that has the operator respond to a 00W pump trip. AOP-9 is used to secure the charging pump and the RHR pump and transition to AOP-12.
- h. CRO-406A Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And S, A, 0, L 2
Aligned 013A4.01 4.5/4.8 ONLY This JPM will have no Phase A isolation occur on A Train when a Phase A signal is present. EEP-O, Attachment 2 step 11 has the operator manually align the Phase A equipment.
This is my best guess:
a, b, c, d, and g are approx. 10-15 mm JPMs.
e, f and h are approx 20 minute JPMs with h being done in the CR as a simulate for 4 RO candidates.
In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-i; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
System I JPM Title Type Safety Code*
Function
- i. SO 386 Conduct a Waste Gas release 071A4.26 (3.1/3.9) 0, R 9
This_is_a_normal_waste_gas_decay tank_release.
- j. SO-314A Operate the TDAFW pump locally without D, A, L, 4s control power 061A2.03 3.1/3.4 E
This will involve resetting the trip throttle valve, setting up the proper steam valve alignment on the TDAFW pump and then controlling the speed with the Trip throttle valve. This is a new Appendix for a loss of AC_to_control_the_TDAFW_pump_manually.
- k. S0-347A Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service D
6 058AA1.02 3.113.1 058AA1.03 3.1/3.3 This is a Unit 2 only JPM due to the fact that we installed a new battery charger in the system and it is slightly different from the unit 1 10 Battery charger.
The 3 in plants are all approximately 30 minutes in length.
Farley March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 2 of 3 ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL Facility:
Farley Nuclear Plant Date of Examination:
March 8,2010 Exam Level (both): RO SRO-I Operating Test No.: FA2010301
- g. CRO-NEW Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW 8
pump trip S,A, L
008A2.01 3.3/3.6 026AA1.02 3.2/3.3 This is a new JPM written for the upcoming LOCT JPM exam. It will be a bank JPM in December. Based on the fact that it will be used at our site I decided to classify it as a bank JPM.
This is a mode 5 JPM that has the operator respond to a CCW pump trip. AOP-9 is used to secure the charging pump and the RHR pump and transition to AOP-12.
- h. CRO-406A Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated And S,A,D,L 2
Aligned RO 013A4.01 4.5/4.8 ONLY This JPM will have no Phase A isolation occur on A Train when a Phase A signal is present. EEP-O, Attachment 2 step 11 has the operator manually align the Phase A equipment.
This is my best guess:
a, b, c, d, and g are approx. 10-15 min JPMs.
e, f and hare approx 20 minute JPMs with h being done in the CR as a simulate for 4 RO candidates.
In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-i; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
System / JPM Title Type Safety Code*
Function
- i. SO - 386 Conduct a Waste Gas release 071A4.26 (3.1/3.9)
D,R 9
This is a normal waste gas decay tank release.
- j. SO-314A Operate the TDAFW pump locally without D,A, L, 4s control power 061A2.03 3.1/3.4 E
This will involve resetting the trip throttle valve, setting up the proper steam valve alignment on the TDAFW pump and then controlling the speed with the Trip throttle valve. This is a new Appendix for a loss of ~
AC to control the TDAFW pump manually.
- k. SO-347A Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service D
6 058AA1.02 3.1/3.1 058AA1.033.1/3.3 This is a Unit 2 only JPM due to the fact that we installed a new battery charger in the system and it is slightly different from the unit 1 1 C Battery charger.
The 3 in plants are all approximately 30 minutes in length.
Farley March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 2 of3
ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301 -2 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
- Type Codes Criteria for ROl SRO-i [ACTUAL]
(A)lternate path 4-6 I 4-6 / 2-3 [7I6]
(C)ontrol room
[010]
(D)irect from bank
< 9 / < 8 /
4
[8I7]
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
> i i 1
[Ill]
(L)ow-Power I Shutdown
> I /> 1
[716]
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including I (A) 2 2
[3I3]
(P)previous 2 exams
< 3 / < 3 I <2 (randomly selected) [Ill]
(R)CA
> 1 /> I
[Ill]
(S)imulator
[817]
Changes since last submittal:
a.
Changed CRO-065C mod to have a clogged filter since the simulator modeling will not allow placing a BAT pump on recirculation and then provide no flow to the system when used.
c.
Changed CR0- 333E to have a set of failures that does not allow the LHSI on one train and the HHSI on the other train. This is essentially a new JPM since we do not have this type of JPM in the bank.
f.
CRO-359E This JPM was changed to AOP-5. I since we could not find a scenario that would allow use of AOP-5 for this type event. Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160 V bus is de energized was added to allow the IC DG to be aligned to Unit 1 and to make shutting down the DO a critical task. 1 C Chg pump tripped was added to give a valid reason to be starting the 1C DG and then to start the 1A Chg pump and supporting equipment.
Farley March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 3 of 3 ES-301 Control Roomlln-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
- Type Codes Criteria for ROI SRO-i [ACTUAL]
(A)lternate path 4-6 14-6/2-3 [7/6]
(C)ontrol room
[0/0]
(D)irect from bank
~9/~8/~4 [8/7]
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
- 1/::1
[1/1]
(L)ow-Power I Shutdown
- 1/::1
[7/6]
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1 (A)
- 2 I :: 2
[3/3]
(P)previous 2 exams
~ 31 ~ 31 ~ 2 (randomly selected) [1/1]
(R)CA
- 1/::1
[1/1]
(S)imulator
[8/7]
Changes since last submittal:
- a. Changed CRO-06SC mod to have a clogged filter since the simulator modeling will not allow placing a BAT pump on recirculation and then provide no flow to the system when used.
- c. Changed CRO-333E to have a set of failures that does not allow the LHSI on one train and the HHSI on the other train. This is essentially a new JPM since we do not have this type of JPM in the bank.
- f.
CRO-3S9E This JPM was changed to AOP-S.1 since we could not find a scenario that would allow use of AOP-S for this type event. Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160 v bus is de-energized was added to allow the 1 C DG to be aligned to Unit 1 and to make shutting down the DG a critical task. 1C Chg pump tripped was added to give a valid reason to be starting the 1 C DG and then to start the 1 A Chg pump and supporting equipment.
Farley March 2010 NRC JPM exam Page 3 of3
Page 1 of 7
- a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C Mod.
TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
JPM IC-2 17 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction Complete step 4 RNO of ESP-O.1 Complete ESP-O.l attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 11 Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM a.
Page 1 of7
- a. Simulator JPM CRO-065C Mod.
TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ---.X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
JPM IC-217 ALTERNATE PATH ~
TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Correctly align emergency boration to the charging pump suction Complete step 4 RNO of ESP-O.1 Complete ESP-O.l attachment 2 to align the RWST to the charging pump suctions Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with IA charging pump running.
b.
1A BAT is on service, lB BAT is in standby.
c.
Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
d.
A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e.
Control Rod H-2 isstuck at the top of the core.
f.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-0. 1, step 4, RNO.
g.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Start 1 A or I B boric acid transfer pump.
IA or 1 B BAT Pump hand switch S / U taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.
NOTE:
NO flow will be observed after opening M0V8104 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter, it is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:
Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).
Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).
Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through Fl-110.
(Element 4)
May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCVI 1 3A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.
The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be delayed 2 mins and consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on Fl-I bA. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then HI DIP is indicated.
2.
Align normal emergency boration flow path.
Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S / U PUMP SUCT QIE21MOV8IO4 open and observes Q1E21MOV8IO4 red light is LIT.
Page 2 of7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1A charging pump running.
- b. 1A BAT is on service, IB BAT is in standby.
- c. Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
- d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
- e. Control Rod H-2 isstuck at the top of the core.
- f.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions ofESP-O.l, step 4, RNO.
- g. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1. Start 1 A or 1 B boric acid transfer pump.
IA or 1B BAT Pump hand switch S I U NOTE:
taken to start and observes pump breaker indicator lights LIT.
NO flow will be observed after opening MOV81 04 due to a clogged Boric Acid filter, it is likely that the candidate may perform a variety of the following actions after completing element 2:
Start a second BAT Pump (Repeat of element 1).
Evaluate that the normal emergency flow path is NOT available and perform RNO step 4.2.2, align manual emergency boration flowpath (Element 3).
Continue with or without noticing the inability to obtain boric acid flow through PI-II O.
(Element 4)
May use AOP-27.0 guidance (STEP 2-NOTE: and align flow through FCVl13A&B to attempt to establish a flow path), the actions of AOP-27 are consistent with these elements.
The Radside SO may be dispatched to investigate pumps, valves, local flow indicators or pressures. If so, the reports will be delayed 2 mins and consistent with fully functional pumps with elevated discharge pressures; NO flow indicated locally on FI-II0A. If Boric Acid filter DP directed to be checked, then HI DIP is indicated.
- 2. Align normal emergency boration flow path.
Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S I U PUMP SUCT QIE21MOV8104 open and observes QIE21MOV8104 red light is LIT.
Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 3.
IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside S / U NOT available then align manual emergency SO. Directs Opening ofV 185 per boration flowpath.
RNO step 4.2.2 of ESP-0. I.
Directs Radside SO to open Vi 85 IF/WHEN directed, CUE:
Radside SO acknowledges IF directed, then AFTER 2 mins:
CUE: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
OPENS FCV1 13A (may also open OPENS FCV-l 13A and observes FCV1 13B while waiting on local actions QIE2IFCV1 13A red light is lit per AOP-27)
NOTE:
Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
ARP-1.4 DEl, which will come into alarm if the aforementioned actions are not taken, would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
Evaluation of ARP-l.4 DE3, if alarmed due to not establishing adequate charging flow, may result in the candidate isolating letdown. If so, the candidate should continue with establishing Emergency Boration without letdown aligned.
4.
Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF 150 45 GPM S / U Q1E21HV8I49A and observes Q1E2iHV8I49A red light is LIT.
- 5. Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF 150 60 GPM S / U Q1E21HV8149B or C and observes QiE2IHV8I49B or C red light is LIT.
- 6. Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
Adjust charging flow to greater S / U than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122 and observes Fl-122A reads >40 gpm.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 3. IF determined that Normal emergency flowpath is NOT available then align manual emergency boration flowpath.
Directs Radside SO to open V185 OPENS FCVl13A (may also open FCVl13B while waiting on local actions per AOP-27)
Page 30f7 STANDARDS:
Uses Gaitronics to contact Radside SO. Directs Opening ofVl85 per RNO step 4.2.2 ofESP-O.I.
IF/WHEN directed, CUE:
Radside SO acknowledges IF directed, then AFTER 2 mins:
CUE: Radside operator reports V185 is open.
OPENS FCV -113A and observes QIE2lFCVl13A red light is lit RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U NOTE:
- Although not directed by this procedure, the candidate might raise Charging flow, and place PK-145 in manual at 50% demand prior to opening a letdown orifice isolation, to prevent Letdown pressure surges and temperature alarms (per operating procedure for letdown).
- ARP-I.4 DEI, which will come into alarm if the aforementioned actions are not taken, would direct the adjustment of charging flow, if addressed.
- Evaluation of ARP-l.4 DE3, if alarmed due to not establishing adequate charging flow, may result in the candidate isolating letdown. If so, the candidate should continue with establishing Emergency Boration without letdown aligned.
- 4. Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.
- 5. Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.
- 6. Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
OPEN L TDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM S / U QIE21HV8149A and observes QIE21HV8149A red light is LIT.
OPEN L TDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM S / U QIE21HV8149B or C and observes QIE21HV8149B or C red light is LIT.
Adjust charging flow to greater S / U than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV -122 and observes FI -122A reads >40 gpm.
Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 7. Check emergency or manual emergency boration Check emergency & manual S / U flow greater than 30 gpm.
boration flow greater than 30 gpm and observes Fl-110 and/or Fl-113 indicate <30 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-11OA indicates < 10 gpm.
NOTE:
Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the aligned flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
8.
Verify IA CHG PUMP header valves open.
Verifies 1A CR0 PUMP HDR S / U valves open and observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO QIE2IMOV 8130A, 8130B, 813 IA & 813 lB red lights are lit.
9.
Check Boration flow adequate.
Determine that NO boration flow S / U from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available and observes Fl-I 10 and Fl-I 13 indicates <10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-11OA indicates < 10 gpm.
- 10. Align charging pump suction to RWST.
Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves S / U QIE21LCVI 15B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO Q1E2ILCVI 15C &
E and observes LCV1 I5B & D red lights are LIT, LCVI 1 5C & E green lights are LIT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 7. Check emergency or manual emergency boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
Page 4 of7 RESULTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
Check emergency & manual S / U boration flow greater than 30 gpm and observes PI-ilO and/or PI-I 13 indicate <30 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-ll0A indicates'::: 10 gpm.
NOTE:
Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
Element 8 has two potential flowpaths dependent upon the actions taken above and the determination made by the candidate regarding the "aligned" flowpath. IF RNO column implemented, then element 8 may not be performed.
- 9. Check Boration flow adequate.
- 10. Align charging pump suction to RWST.
Verifies IA CHG PUMP HDR valves open and observes CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO QIE2IMOV 8130A, 8130B, 8131 A & 8131 B red lights are lit.
Determine that NO boration flow from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available and observes PI-I 10 and PI-II3 indicates.:::10 gpm.
IF REQUESTED, Cue:
RADSIDE SO reports FI-ll0A indicates S 10 gpm.
S / U S / U Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves S / U QIE21LCVI15B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO QIE21LCV115C &
E and observes LCV 115B & D red lights are LIT, LCVI15C & E green lights are LIT.
Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 11. Verify charging pump discharge flow path
Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN S / U ALIGNED.
FIX Q1E2IMOV8IO7 &
M0V8108 open and observes MOV8 107 & 8108 red lights are LIT.
- 12. Verify only one charging line valve OPEN.
Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE S / U Q1E21HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE Q1E2IHV8 147 OPEN and observes Q1E21HV8146 OR Q1E21HV8147 red light is LIT.
NOTE:
Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 (while placing letdown in service).
- 13. Verify charging flow
- GREATER THAN 92 CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U gpm.
adjusted as necessary and observes FI-122A indicates >92 gpm.
STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-I-ESP-0.1, Version 29.0 2.
Technical Specifications 3.
K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 024AA2.0l RO-3.8 SRO-4.l GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1.
None FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM a.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 11. Verify charging pump discharge flow path -
ALIGNED.
- 12. Verify only one charging line valve - OPEN.
Page 5 of7 RESULTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN S / U HX QIE2IMOV8107 &
MOV8I08 open and observes MOV81 07 & 8108 red lights are LIT.
Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE S / U QIE2IHV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE QIE2IHV8147 OPEN and observes QIE2IHV8146 OR QIE2IHV8147 red light is LIT.
NOTE:
Element 13 is critical; Although the necessary adjustments may have been performed as early as Element 4 while lacin letdown in service.
- 13. Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm.
STOP TIME CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U adjusted as necessary and observes FI-I22A indicates >92 gpm.
Terminate when flow rate has been determined/verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-ESP-O.I, Version 29.0
- 2.
Technical Specifications
- 3.
K/As: 024AA2.02 024AA2.01 RO-3.9 RO-3.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EOUIPMENT:
SRO-4.4 SRO-4.1
Page 6 of 7 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Start IA or 1 B boric acid transfer pump not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
2.
Opening MOV8 104 is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
3.
Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
4 Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not cntical since boration can continue without letdown. DISCUSS with examiner: failure to complete action could result in filling the PZR solid over a period of time: function/intent of this action is for inventory control during the boration Critical?
5 Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since boration can continue without letdown. Discuss with examiner: see element #3 discussion.
6 Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm is not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
7.
Critical: Check emergency & manual boration flow less than 30 gpm is critical since failure of completing this step properly will not initiate the direction to align RWST suctions.
8.
Verify 1A CHG PUMP header valves open is not critical since the valves are already open.
9.
Critical: Check Boration flow adequate is critical since not doing this step properly will not ensure proper alignment of boric acid to the charging pump suctions.
10.
Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
11.
MOV 8107 and 8108 not critical since these valves are open 12.
MOV-8146/47 not critical since one of these valves are open 13.
Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to> 92 gpm until this step.
COMMENTS:
Setup will require the letdown system to be secured and charging in manual with how taken to a minimum. BA filter will he clogged.
Mal-cvcl9 19 Stuck rod H-2 mal-rodl4l true see developed IC-2 1 7 Discuss with examiner evaluation of critical elements 3&4, regarding letdown alignment. Currently evaluated as not critical since task can be accomplished without letdown, however, if letdown is never established, then the plant will suffer an unneeded transientlong term.
Page 6 of7 Critical ELEMENT justification:
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
- 10.
II.
- 12.
- 13.
Evaluation Start lA or IB boric acid transfer pump not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
Opening MOV81 04 is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
Aligning manual emergency makeup is an alternative path that could be taken, but is not critical since this course of action will not be successful.
Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since boration can continue without letdown. DISCUSS with examiner: failure to complete action could result in tilling the PZR solid over a period of time: function/intent of this action is for inventory control during the boration - Critical?
Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service is not critical since boration can continue without letdown. Discuss with examiner: see element #3 discussion.
Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm is not critical since this flow is not sufficient for the required supply. However this is the step at which the required flow is likely to be achieved.
Critical: Check emergency & manual boration flow less than 30 gpm is critical since failure of completing this step properly will not initiate the direction to align R WST suctions.
Verify lA CHG PUMP header valves open is not critical since the valves are already open.
Critical: Check Boration flow adequate is critical since not doing this step properly will not ensure proper alignment of boric acid to the charging pump suctions.
Critical: Align charging pump suction to RWST since these MOVs are closed and this is required to align boration flow to the chg pump suctions.
M 0 V 8107 and 8108 not critical since these valves are open MOV -8146/4 7 not critical since one of these valves are open Critical: Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm is a critical step since charging flow is low at the beginning and there is no requirement until now to increase flow to > 92 gpm until this step.
COMMENTS:
Setup will require the letdown system to be secured and charging in manual with flow taken to a minimum. BA tilter will be clogged. Mal-cvCl9 19 Stuck rod 11-2 mal-rod 141 true see developed IC-217 Discuss vvith examiner evaluation of critical clements 3&4, regarding letdown alignment. Currently evaluated as not critical since task can be accomplished without letdown, however. if letdown is never established, then the plant will suffer an unneeded transient-long term.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1 A charging pump running.
b.
1A BAT is on service, lB BAT pump is on recirculation for a sample.
c.
Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
d.
A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O. 1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e.
Control Rod H-2 isstuck at the top of the core.
f.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-O.l, step 4, RNO.
g.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORA TION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with IA charging pump running.
- b. IA BAT is on service, I B BAT pump is on recirculation for a sample.
- c. Unit I is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
- d. A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.I, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
- e. Control Rod H-2 isstuck at the top of the core.
- f.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions ofESP-O.I, step 4, RNO.
- g. A pre-job brief is NOT required.
(3 IL-SI P i) 0 JL -
12/15/09 8:20 AM Page 1 of 5 SIMULATOR 1-RO, SRO-I AND SRO-U TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
LOCT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR X
CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
JPM IC-251 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA Trainer/Date:
Trainee:
Evaluator/Date:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory EJ Unsatisfactory EJ Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Tag out lB BAT pump HLT-29 JPM EXAM
- SIM 1 12115/09 8:20 AM Page 1 of 5 SIMULATOR 1 - RO, SRO-I AND SRO-U TITLE: Perform An Emergency Boration PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT~ LOCT X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~PERFORM ~SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR ~CONTROLROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
JPM IC-2SI ALTERNATE PATH ~
TIME CRITICAL PRA rainerlDate:
Trainee:
EvaluatorlDate:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ _
Tag out IB BAT pump HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM I
12/15/09 8:20 AM Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1A charging pump running.
b.
1A BAT is on service, lB BAT pump is tagged out for bearing replacement.
c.
Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
d.
A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O. 1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e.
Letdown was inadvertently isolated on the Reactor Trip.
f.
One control Rod has not inserted.
g.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-0.1, step 3, RNO.
h.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Attempt to start 1A boric acid transfer 1A BAT Pump handswitch taken S / U pump.
to start. (CUE: Pump breaker indicator lights NOT lit.)
NOTE: Examinee may choose to NOT perform steps aligning either NORMAL or ALTERNATE emergency borate paths due to recognizing that no BAT pumps are running and no flow will be obtained.
2.
Align normal emergency boration flow Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S / U path.
PUMP SUCT Q1E21MOV8 104 open (CUE: Q1E21MOV8 104 red light is LIT.)
- 3 Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM S / U Q1E21HV8149A. (CUE:
Q1E21HV8149A red light is LIT.)
- 4 Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM S / U Q1E21HV8149B or C. (CUE:
Q1E21HV8149B or C red light is LIT.)
- 5*
Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
Adjust charging flow to greater S / U than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. (CUE: FI-122A reads
>40 gpm.)
HLT-29 JPM EXAM
- SIM 1 12/15/098:20 AM Page 2 of5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with IA charging pump running.
- b.
IA BAT is on service, IB BAT pump is tagged out for bearing replacement.
- c.
Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
- d.
A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.I, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
- e.
Letdown was inadvertently isolated on the Reactor Trip.
- f.
One control Rod has not inserted.
- g.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions ofESP-O.I, step 3, RNO.
- h.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 1.
START TIME Attempt to start IA boric acid transfer pump.
STANDARDS:
IA BAT Pump handswitch taken to start. (CUE: Pump breaker indicator lights NOT lit.)
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U NOTE: Examinee may choose to NOT perform steps aligning either NORMAL or ALTERNATE emergency borate paths due to recognizing that no BAT pumps are running and no flow will be obtained.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
Align normal emergency boration flow path.
Verify 45 gpm letdown orifice in service.
Verify 60 gpm letdown orifice in service.
Verify charging flow greater than 40 gpm.
HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM 1 Open EMERG BORATE TO CHG S / U PUMP SUCT QIE2IMOV8I04 open (CUE: QIE2IMOV8I04 red light is LIT.)
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM S / U QIE2IHV8I49A. (CUE:
QIE2IHV8I49A red light is LIT.)
OPEN LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM S / U QIE2IHV8I49B or C. (CUE:
QIE2IHV8I49B or C red light is LIT.)
Adjust charging flow to greater S / U than 40 gpm by manually opening FCV-122. (CUE: FI-122A reads
>40 gpm.)
12/15/09 8:20 AM Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 6.
Check emergency & manual boration flow Check emergency & manual S / U greater than 30 gpm.
boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
(CUE: FT-liD & FI-113 indicate 0 gpm.)
NOTE: Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
7.
Verify 1A CHG PUMP header valves open.
Verifies 1A CHG PUMP hdr S / U valves open. (CUE: CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO Q1E21MOV 8130A, 8130B, 8131A & 8131B red lights are lit.)
8.
Check Boration flow adequate.
Determine that NO boration flow S / U from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available.
(CUE: Fl-i 10 and Fl-i 13 indicates 0 gpm.)
- 9 Align charging pump suction to RWST.
Open RWST TO CHG PMP S / U valves Q1E21LCV115B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO Q1E21LCV1 15C & E.
(CUE:
LCV1 15B & D red lights are LIT, LCV1 15C & E green lights are LIT.)
10.
Verify charging pump discharge flow path Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN S / U
- ALIGNED.
HX Q1E21MOV81O7 &
MOV8 108 open. (CUE:
M0V8107 & 8108 red lights are LIT.)
ii.
Verify only one charging line valve
Verify RCS NORMAL CHG S / U OPEN.
LINE Q1E21HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE Q1E21HV8147 OPEN. (CUE: Q1E21HV8146 OR Q1E21HV8 147 red light is LIT.)
HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM 1 12/15/098:20 AM EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 6.
Check emergency & manual boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
STANDARDS:
Page 3 of5 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Check emergency & manual S I U boration flow greater than 30 gpm.
(CUE: FI-110 & FI-l13 indicate 0 gpm.)
NOTE: Examinee will determine Boration flow not adequate and commence verifying Boration flow path per Attachment 2.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
- 10.
- 11.
Verify lA CHG PUMP header valves open.
Check Boration flow adequate.
Align charging pump suction to RWST.
Verify charging pump discharge flow path
-ALIGNED.
Verify only one charging line valve -
OPEN.
HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM 1 Verifies 1A CHG PUMP hdr valves open. (CUE: CHG PUMP SUCTION HDR ISO QIE21MOV 8130A, 8130B, 8131A & 8131B red lights are lit.)
Determine that NO boration flow from either BAT pump via either boration flowpath is available.
(CUE: FI-II0 and FI-l13 indicates o gpm.)
Open RWST TO CHG PMP valves Q1E21LCVl15B & D, Close VCT OUTLET ISO QIE21LCVl15C & E.
(CUE: LCV115B & D red lights are LIT, LCVl15C & E green lights are LIT.)
Verify CHG PUMPS TO REGEN HX QIE21MOV8107 &
MOV8108 open. (CUE:
MOV8107 & 8108 red lights are LIT.)
Verify RCS NORMAL CHG LINE Q1E21HV8146 OR RCS ALT CHG LINE QIE21HV8147 OPEN. (CUE: QIE21HV8146 OR Q1E21HV8147 red light is LIT.)
S/U S I U S I U S I U S I U
12/15/09 8:20 AM Page 4 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 12.
Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN CHG FLOW FK 122 manually S / U 92 gpm.
adjusted as necessary. (CUE: Fl-1 22A indicates 110 gpm.)
The above task is only critical IF charging flow was below 92 gpm from the above steps and the candidate has to increase charging flow to >92 gpm.
STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements Are Denoted By An Asterisk (*) In Front Of The Element Number.
GENERAL REFERENCES 1.
FNP-1-ESP-0.l, Version 24.0 2.
Technical Specifications 3.
K/As: 024AA2.02 RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 024AA2.01 RO-3.8 SRO-4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EOUIPMENT None COMMENTS HLT-29 JPM EXAM
- 51M 1
12115/098:20 AM EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 12.
Verify charging flow - GREATER THAN 92 gpm.
STANDARDS:
CHG FLOW FK 122 manually adjusted as necessary. (CUE: FI-122A indicates 110 gpm.)
Page 4 of5 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U The above task is only critical IF charging flow was below 92 gpm from the above steps and the candidate has to increase charging flow to >92 gpm.
STOP TIME Terminate when flow rate has been verified adequate.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements Are Denoted By An Asterisk (*) In Front Of The Element Number.
GENERAL REFERENCES
- 1.
FNP-I-ESP-O.l, Version 24.0
- 2.
Technical Specifications
- 3.
KlAs: 024AA2.02 024AA2.01 RO-3.9 RO-3.8 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT None COMMENTS HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM 1 SRO-4.4 SRO-4.1
12/15/09 8:20 AM Page 5 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with 1A charging pump running.
b.
1A BAT is on service, lB BAT pump is tagged out for bearing replacement.
c.
Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
d.
A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O. 1, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
e.
Letdown was inadvertently isolated on the Reactor Trip.
f.
One control Rod has not inserted.
g.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-O.1, step 3, RNO.
h.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
HLT-29 JPM EXAM
- 51M I 12/15/098:20 AM Page 5 of5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM AN EMERGENCY BORATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
Chemical and Volume Control System is in operation with lA charging pump running.
- b.
lA BAT is on service, lB BAT pump is tagged out for bearing replacement.
- c.
Unit 1 is in Mode 3 at normal operating temperature.
- d.
A Reactor Trip has occurred, and ESP-O.l, Reactor Trip Response, is in progress.
- e.
Letdown was inadvertently isolated on the Reactor Trip.
- f.
One control Rod has not inserted.
- g.
The Shift Supervisor directs you to perform the actions of ESP-O.1, step 3, RNO.
- h.
A pre-job brief is NOT required.
HLT-29 JPM EXAM - SIM I
Page 1 of 6
- b. Simulator JPM CRO-327A TITLE: Align the PRF System properly For A Large Break LOCA PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-190 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Complete step 4.3 and 4.6 of SOP-60.0 to secure B train of PRF and ensure the A train PRF is operating properly in the LOCA alignment Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 11 Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM h.
Page 1 of6
- b. Simulator JPM CRO-327A TITLE: Align the PRF System properly For A Large Break LOCA PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T ---X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM PLANT SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-190 AL TERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Complete step 4.3 and 4.6 of SOP-60.0 to secure B train of PRF and ensure the A train PRF is operating properly in the LOCA alignment Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
U nsatisfacton 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
b.
Containment pressure is approximately 23 psig.
c.
All steps of EEP-I through step 14.4 have been completed.
d.
You are directed to verify at least one train of PRF in operation per step 14.5.
e.
The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE:
The B train will be shutdown in this task due to the SS directing the A train to be left in service per the initial conditions. Procedurally, either train may be shutdown as needed 4.3 or 4.4. The intent of securing one train of PRF if both are running is to limit total PRF effluent to the vent stack to the minimum possible.
1.
Verify closed SFP to 1A PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538A taken to S / U Q1V48HV3538A.
the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538A changes from red to green.
2.
Verify closed SFP to lB PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538B taken to S / U Q1V48HV3538B.
the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538B changes from red to green.
3.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 Phase B pushbuttons pushed and S / U 1.1 and 6.1. (lights are LIT) observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
4.
Place I B PRF exhaust fan in automatic by Handswitch for I B PRF exhaust S / U placing the handswitch to STOP and release.
fan taken to STOP position and released and observes I B PRF exhaust fan green light lit.
Page 2 of6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
- b. Containment pressure is approximately 23 psig.
- c.
All steps of EEP-I through step 14.4 have been completed.
- d. You are directed to verify at least one train ofPRF in operation per step 14.5.
- e. The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
START TIME RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
The B train will be shutdown in this task due to the SS directing the A train to be left in service per the initial conditions. Procedurally, either train may be shutdown as needed 4.3 or 4.4. The intent of securing one train of PRF if both are running is to limit total PRF effluent to the vent stack to the minimum possible.
- 1.
Verify closed SFP to IA PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538A taken to S I U Q 1 V 48HV3538A.
the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538A changes from red to green.
- 2.
Verify closed SFP to 1 B PRF supply damper Handswitch for HV3538B taken to S I U Q 1 V 48HV3538B.
the closed position and observes Indication for HV3538B changes from red to green.
- 3.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 Phase B pushbuttons pushed and S I U 1.1 and 6.1. (lights are LIT) observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
- 4.
Place 1 B PRF exhaust fan in automatic by Handswitch for 1 B PRF exhaust S I U placing the handswitch to STOP and release.
fan taken to STOP position and released and observes 1 B PRF exhaust fan green light lit.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 5.
Place I B PRF recirculation fan in automatic l-Iandswitch for lB PRF S / U by placing the handswitch to STOP and recirculation fan taken to STOP release.
position and released and observes I B PRF recirculation fan green light lit.
6.
Place I B PRF RECIRC FAN EXH DMPR 18 PRF RECIRC FAN EXH S / U Q1E15HV3356B handswitch to AUTO.
DMPR HV3356B handswitch verified to be in AUTO and observes HV3356B is in AUTO.
7.
Close lB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC lB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC S / U DMPR Q1E15MOV336IB and return switch DMPR M0V3361B handswitch to AUTO.
taken to CLOSE, observes HV3361B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
8.
Close lB PRF SUCTION DMPR lB PRF SUCTION DMPR S / U QIE1 5MOV3362B and return switch to MOV3362B handswitch taken to AUTO.
CLOSE, observes MOV3362B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
9.
Verify closed SFP to 1A PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538A checked S / U Q1V48HV3538A.
and observes indication for HV3538A is green.
10.
Verify closed SFP to lB PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538B checked S / U Q1V48HV3538B.
and observes indication for HV3538B is green.
11.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 lights checked S / U 1.1 and 6.1.
and observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
12.
Verify open IA PRF suction damper Indication for M0V3362A S / U QIEI5MOV3362A.
checked and observes indication for MOV3362A is red.
Page 3 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 5.
Place 1 B PRF recirculation fan in automatic Handswitch for 1 B PRF S I U by placing the handswitch to STOP and recirculation fan taken to STOP release.
position and released and observes 1 B PRF recirculation fan green light lit.
- 6.
Place IB PRF RECIRC FAN EXH DMPR 1 B PRF RECIRC FAN EXH S IU QIE15HV3356B handswitch to AUTO.
DMPR HV3356B handswitch verified to be in AUTO and observes HV3356B is in AUTO.
- 7.
Close 1 B PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC IB PRF RECIRC FAN RECIRC S/U DMPR QIE15MOV336IB and return switch DMPR MOV3361B handswitch to AUTO.
taken to CLOSE, observes HV3361B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
- 8.
Close 1 B PRF SUCTION DMPR lB PRF SUCTION DMPR S/U QlEl5MOV3362B and return switch to MOV3362B handswitch taken to AUTO.
CLOSE, observes MOV3362B green light lit, and then places handswitch in AUTO.
- 9.
Verify closed SFP to lA PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538A checked S I U QlV48HV3538A.
and observes indication for HV3538A is green.
- 10.
Verify closed SFP to lB PRF supply damper Indication for HV3538B checked S I U QlV48HV3538B.
and observes indication for HV3538B is green.
- 11.
Verify Phase B reset as indicated by MLB-3 MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 lights checked S I U 1.1 and 6.1.
and observes MLB-3 1.1 and 6.1 not lit.
- 12.
Verify open lA PRF suction damper Indication for MOV3362A S/U QIEI5MOV3362A.
checked and observes indication for MOV3362A is red.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 13.
Verify IA PRF recirculation fan started.
Indication checked for 1A PRF S / U recirculation fan and observes red light lit for IA PRF recirculation fan.
14.
Verify open 1A PRF recirculation fan exhaust Indication checked for IA PRF SI U damper Q1E15HV3356A.
recirculation fan damper HV3356A and observes indication for HV3356A is red.
15.
Verify IA PRF exhaust fan started.
Indication checked for IA PRF S /U exhaust fan and observes red light lit for 1A PRF exhaust fan.
16.
Verify open IA PRF exhaust fan discharge Indication checked for IA PRF S I U damper Q1E15HV3357A.
exhaust fan damper HV3357A and observes indication for HV3357A is red.
17.
Check penetration room pressure.
Observes PENE RM TO ATMOS S I U AP PDI 3367A and observes PD13367A indicates greater than
-1.5 WC.
STOP TIME Terminate when penetration room pressure is checked.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-EEP-1, Version 29.0 2.
FNP-I-SOP-60.0, Version 31 3.
PRA/IPE Human Reliability Analysis Notebook operator actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11 4.
K/As: 073G2.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM b.
Page 4 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
- 13.
- 14.
- 15.
- 16.
- 17.
Verify 1 A PRF recirculation fan started.
Indication checked for lA PRF recirculation fan and observes red light lit for lA PRF recirculation fan.
Verify open IA PRF recirculation fan exhaust Indication checked for lA PRF damper QIEI5HV3356A.
recirculation fan damper HV3356A and observes indication for HV3356A is red.
Verify 1 A PRF exhaust fan started.
Verify open 1 A PRF exhaust fan discharge damper QIEI5HV3357A.
Check penetration room pressure.
STOP TIME Indication checked for 1 A PRF exhaust fan and observes red light lit for 1 A PRF exhaust fan.
Indication checked for 1 A PRF exhaust fan damper HV3357 A and observes indication for HV3357 A is red.
Observes PENE RM TO A TMOS
~P PDI 3367 A and observes PDI3367A indicates greater than
-1.5" WC.
Terminate when penetration room pressure is checked.
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S/U S/U S/U S IU S/U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-EEP-l, Version 29.0
- 2.
FNP-l-S0P-60.0, Version 31
- 3.
PRA/IPE Human Reliability Analysis Notebook operator actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11
- 4.
K/As: 07302.3.11 RO-3.8 SRO-4.3
FNP HLT-33 NRC exam 1PM b.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1.
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation I.
Critical: Closing SFP to IA PRF supply damper HV3538A ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task.
Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
2.
Critical: Closing SFP to lB PRF supply damper HV3538B ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task.
Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
3.
Critical: Resetting Phase B is a critical task since this allows the re-alignment and subsequent securing of one train of PRF.
4.
Critical: The intent of securing one train of PRF is to limit the total PRF effluent to the plant vent stack to the minimum possible. The following steps are critical to ensure the system is aligned properly.
Secure the lB PRF exhaust fan is a critical task.
5.
Critical: Secure the lB PRF recirc fan is a critical task.
6 This step is not critical since the valve is in the correct position already 7.
Critical: Closing 336 lB is a critical task 8.
Critical: Closing 3362B is a critical task Steps 9-17 are not critical since the system is already in the proper alignment and is 9-17 being checked to ensure that alignment is correct.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
- 1. None Critical ELEMENT justification:
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
9-17 Evaluation Critical: Closing SFP to lA PRF supply damper HV3538A ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task. Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
Critical: Closing SFP to 1 B PRF supply damper HV3538B ensures the proper alignment for a LB LOCA and is a critical task. Leaving this valve open would cause less flow from the PPRs and not filtrate the proper air flow.
Critical: Resetting Phase B is a critical task since this allows the re-alignment and subsequent securing of one train of PRF.
Critical: The intent of securing one train of PRF is to limit the total PRF effluent to the plant vent stack to the minimum possible. The following steps are critical to ensure the system is aligned properly.
Secure the 1 B PRF exhaust fan is a critical task.
Critical: Secure the 1 B PRF recirc fan is a critical task.
This step is notcritical since the valve is in the correct position already.
Critical: Closing 3361B is a critical task Critical: Closing 3362B is a critical task Steps 9-17 are not critical since the system is already in the proper alignment and is being checked to ensure that alignment is correct.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
b.
Containment pressure is approximately 23 psig.
c.
All steps of EEP-1 through step 14.4 have been completed.
d.
You are directed to verify at least one train of PRF in operation per step 14.5.
e.
The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to ALIGN THE PRF SYSTEM PROPERLY FOR A LARGE BREAK LOCA. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
A safety injection has occurred due to a large break LOCA.
- b. Containment pressure is approximately 23 psig.
- c.
All steps of EEP-l through step 14.4 have been completed.
- d. You are directed to verify at least one train ofPRF in operation per step 14.5.
- e. The shift supervisor directs that the A Train be left in service.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 6
- c. Simulator JPM CRO-333E Mod.
TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR X
CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-218 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold 1e Emergency recirc 3PM that does not align hot and cold leg recirc with ESP-1.4.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Align A Train HHSI for cold leg recirculation (due to HOT leg recirc being unavailable)
Align BOTH Trains of LHSI aligned to the cold legs Report to the TSC for evaluation that no HOT leg recirc was accomplished Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM c.
Page 1 of6
- c. Simulator JPM CRO-333E Mod.
TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT~
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: -----1L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~
SIMULATOR ---1L CONTROL ROOM PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-2I8 AL TERNA TE PATH ---1L TIME CRITICAL PRA PLANT This is the only Simultaneous Hot and Cold leg Emergency recirc JPM that does not align hot and cold leg recirc with ESP-l.4.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Align A Train HHSI for cold leg recirculation (due to HOT leg recirc being unavailable)
Align BOTH Trains of LHSI aligned to the cold legs Report to the TSC for evaluation that no HOT leg recirc was accomplished Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-30l-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b.
The IA and lB RHR pumps and the 1A and IC charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d.
The lB Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
e.
You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS Handswitch for M0V8888A & B S / LI ISO QIE1 1MOV8888A and 8888B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8888A & B green lights lit.
2.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887A & B S / U Q1EI 1MOV8887A and 8887B.
are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8887A & B red lights lit.
3.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8889 taken S / U QIEI 1M0V8889.
to OPEN and observes MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.
4.
Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887A & B S / U QIE1 1M0V8887A and 8887B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes M0V8887A & B green lights lit, valves are closed.
5.
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Light for M0V8889 checked and S / U QIEI 1M0V8889.
observes MOV8889 green light lit.
6.
Open A and B RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S / U LEGS ISO QIEI 1M0V8888A and 8888B.
are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8888A & B red lights lit.
Page 2 of6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
- b. The IA and IB RHR pumps and the IA and IC charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
- c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
- d. The I B Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
- e. You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step I of ESP-I.4.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD LEGS Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S/U ISO QIEIIMOV8888A and 8888B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8888A & B green lights lit.
- 2.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887 A & B S I U QIEIIMOV8887A and 8887B.
are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8887 A & B red lights lit.
- 3.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8889 taken S I U QIEIIMOV8889.
to OPEN and observes MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.
- 4.
Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887 A & B S I U QIEIIMOV8887A and 8887B.
are taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8887 A & B green lights lit, valves are closed.
- 5.
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Light for MOV8889 checked and S I U QIEIIMOV8889.
observes MOV8889 green light lit.
- 6.
Open A and B RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S I U LEGS ISO QIEIIMOV8888A and 8888B.
are taken to OPEN and observes MOV8888A & B red lights lit.
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 7.
Stop IA Chg Pump.
Handswitch for IA Chg Pump S / U taken to OFF and observes IA Chg Pump amps go to 0 and green light lit.
8.
Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S I U QIE2IMOV88O3A and B.
ISO valves M0V8803A & B taken to CLOSE and observes MOV88O3A & B green lights lit.
9.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS Handswitch for MOV8886 taken S / U valve Q1E21MOV8886.
to OPEN and observes MOV8886 has no power available lights lit.
10.
Open HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S / U QIE2IMOV88O3A ORB.
ISO valves M0V8803A OR B taken to OPEN and observes MOV88O3A OR B red light lit.
11.
Start either 1A or lB Chg Pump.
Handswitch for IA or 113 Chg S / U Pump taken to START and observes Pump red light lit, amps increase.
12.
Stop I C Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1 C Chg Pump S / U taken to OFF and observes 1 C Chg Pump amps go to 0 and green light lit.
13.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S / U LEGS valve Q1E21MOV8885.
to CLOSE and observes MOV8885 green light lit.
14.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT Handswitch for MOV8884 taken S / U LEGS valve Q1E21M0V8884.
to OPEN and observes MOV8884 red light lit.
15.
Start lC Chg Pump.
Handswitch for IC Chg Pump S / U taken to START and observes I C CHG PUMP not running, green light lit.
Page 3 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 7.
Stop lA Chg Pump.
Handswitch for I A Chg Pump S I U taken to OFF and observes IA Chg Pump amps go to "0" and green light lit.
- 8.
Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S/U QIE21MOV8803A and B.
ISO valves MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE and observes MOV8803A & B green lights lit.
- 9.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT LEGS Handswitch for MOV8886 taken S I U valve QIE21MOV8886.
to OPEN and observes MOV8886 has no power available lights lit.
- 10.
Open HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S I U QIE2lMOV8803A OR B.
ISO valves MOV8803A OR B taken to OPEN and observes MOV8803A OR B red light lit.
- 11.
Start either lA or IB Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1 A or 1 B Chg S I U Pump taken to START and observes Pump red light lit, amps increase.
- 12.
Stop 1 C Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1 C Chg Pump S/U taken to OFF and observes 1 C Chg Pump amps go to "0" and green light lit.
- 13.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S I U LEGS valve QIE21MOV8885.
to CLOSE and observes MOV8885 green light lit.
- 14.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT Handswitch for MOV8884 taken S I U LEGS valve QIE2IMOV8884.
to OPEN and observes MOV8884 red light lit.
- 15.
Start 1 C Chg Pump.
Handswitch for 1 C Chg Pump S I U taken to START and observes IC CHG PUMP not running, green light lit.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE) 16.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve Q1E21MOV8884.
17.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve Q1E21M0V8885.
18.
Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
19.
Consult TSC since simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established.
Light for MOV8884 checked and S / U observes MOV8884 green light lit.
Kandswitch for MOV8885 taken S / U to OPEN and observes MOV 8885 red light lit.
Alignment checked for proper LHSI and HHSI line-up and observes LHSI aligned to cold legs and one Train of HHSI is aligned for cold legs.
TSC called and informed that simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established. (CUE: TSC acknowledges)
Terminate JPM when TSC called.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1. FNP-1-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0 RO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EOUIPMENT:
S/U S/U STOP TIME
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 16.
- 17.
- 18.
- 19.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve QIE2IMOV8884.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve QIE2IMOV8885.
Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
Consult TSC since simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established.
STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when TSC called.
Page 4 of6 STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Light for MOV8884 checked and S / U observes MOV8884 green light lit.
Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S / U to OPEN and observes MOV 8885 red light lit.
Alignment checked for proper S / U LHSI and HHSI line-up and observes LHSI aligned to cold legs and one Train of HHSI is aligned for cold legs.
TSC called and informed that S / U simultaneous cold and hot leg recirculation has not been established. (CUE: TSC acknow ledges)
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1. FNP-I-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0
- 2. KI As: 006 A4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None
Page 5 of 6 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Closing M0V8888A and 8888B is not critical since these valves will be re-opened in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
2.
Opening M0V8887A and 8887B is not critical since these valves will be closed in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
3.
Not critical since this valve is failed and will not open.
4.
Critical:
Closing MOV8887A and 8887B is critical if these valves were opened above. These valves being open will cross connect the LHSI trains and in the case of a rupture or leak in one train the other trains operability would be compromised.
5 Verifying 8889 closed is not critical since it is closed and will not open 6.
Critical: Opening MOV8888A and 8888B is critical if these valves were closed in previous steps since opening these valves will allow placing LHSI on recirc on the cold legs.
7.
Critical: Stopping the IA CHG pump is critical to allow proper alignment of the HHSI system 8
Closing HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Q1E21MOV88O3A arid B is not critical since the failure will have these valves opened in subsequent steps.
9.
Opening MOV8886 is not critical since the valve has no power supplied to it.
10.
Critical: Opening HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves QIE2IMOV88O3A OR B is critical if these valves were closed in the previous steps to provide flow to the core on cold leg recirc.
11.
Critical: Starting the IA or lB chg pump is critical since this will provide cold leg recirc to the core.
12.
Critical: Stopping the 1 C chg pump is critical since if this were not done pump damage could result in subsequent steps that isolate discharge flow.
13 Closing MOV8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the IC Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
14 Opening MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the IC Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
15 Restarting the 1 C Chg pump is not critical since the pump will not start 16 Closing MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the IC Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
17 Opening M0V8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the IC Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
18.
Critical: Checking the proper alignment and determining that I-TOT leg alignment has not been accomplished is critical, since this recognizes that an improper alignment exists and the TSC will be informed to make the determination on how to get hot leg recirc restored so boron does not plate out in the top of the core and restrict flow.
19.
Critical: Calling the TSC is critical since the TSC will make the determination on how to get hot leg recirc restored so boron does not plate out in the top of the core and restrict flow. This is procedurally guided.
COMMENTS:The alternate path has RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8$89 will not open (crh8889 cr2) and IC llHSl pump will not start (trg I icvp0l < 0.01 command irnfccvp0lcdco2).
Remove power from M OV8886 (ccvh8886cp2).
Page 5 of6 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation
- 1.
Closing MOV8888A and 8888B is not critical since these valves will be re-opened in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
- 2.
Opening MOV8887 A and 8887B is not critical since these valves will be closed in subsequent steps due to the failure inserted.
- 3.
Not critical since this valve is failed and will not open.
- 4.
Critical: Closing MOV8887 A and 8887B is critical if these valves were opened above. These valves being open will cross connect the LHSI trains and in the case of a rupture or leak in one train the other trains operability would be compromised.
- 5.
Verifying 8889 closed is not critical since it is closed and will not open.
- 6.
Critical: Opening MOV8888A and 8888B is critical if these valves were closed in previous steps since opening these valves will allow placing LHSI on recirc on the cold legs.
- 7.
Critical: Stopping the lA CHG pump is critical to allow proper alignment of the HHSI system
- 8.
Closing HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves QIE21MOV8803A and B is not critical since the failure will have these valves opened in subsequent steps.
- 9.
Opening MOV8886 is not critical since the valve has no power supplied to it.
- 10. Critical: Opening HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves QIE21MOV8803A OR B is critical if these valves were closed in the previous steps to provide flow to the core on cold leg recirc.
- 11. Critical: Starting the lA or IB chg pump is critical since this will provide cold leg recirc to the core.
- 12. Critical: Stopping the 1 C chg pump is critical since if this were not done pump damage could result in subsequent steps that isolate discharge flow.
- 13. Closing MOV8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 14. Opening MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 15. Restarting the 1 C Chg pump is not critical since the pump will not start.
- 16. Closing MOV8884 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 17. Opening MOV8885 is not critical since it is a B train valve and the 1 C Chg pump (also B train) will not restart.
- 18. Critical: Checking the proper alignment and determining that HOT leg alignment has not been accomplished is critical, since this recognizes that an improper alignment exists and the TSC will be informed to make the determination on how to get hot leg recirc restored so boron does not plate out in the top of the core and restrict flow.
- 19. Critical: Calling the TSC is critical since the TSC will make the determination on how to get hot leg recirc restored so boron does not plate out in the top of the core and restrict flow. This is procedurally guided.
COMMENTS:The aitemate path has RHR TO ReS HOT LEGS ISO MOV8889 will not open (crh8889_cr2) and Ie IUISI pump will not start (trg I icvpOl <0.01 command imfccvpOlc_d __ c02).
Remove power from MOV8886 (ccvh8886_cp2).
FTANDOUT Pg 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b.
The 1 A and I B RI-IR pumps and the IA and 1 C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d.
The lB Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
e.
You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg I of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
- b. The IA and IB RHR pumps and the lA and IC charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
- c. Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
- d. The 1B Chg Pump is aligned to A Train.
- e. You are directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
(1i 39 4 )
C f?o 333 12/15/09 08:21 Page 1 of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURES FORMAL OJT REQUIRED PRIOR TO EVALUATION CRO-333E TITLE: Perfonn The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
LOCT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR X
CONTROL ROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-155 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1.
Access to tools, equipment, and references normally used to perform this task are allowed.
2.
During initial training, it is encouraged that questions be asked as part of this OJT process to assess the extent of trainee knowledge related to this task.
3.
If the trainee is significantly deficient in knowledge or does not adhere to management expectations as outlined below, then a re-examination of the JPM is warranted.
Potential physical harm could occur to the trainee or others Potential damage to equipment could occur A procedure step is missed in a continuous use procedure Significant margin to reactor safety is eroded Wrong unit/train/component is potentially operated 4.
All unsuccessful attempts, deficiencies, and other comments must be documented in the space below and forwarded to a Training Administrative Assistant for tracking.
Trainer/Date:
Trainee:
Evaluator/Date:
I Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer Approval:
Rick Lulling 1/08/2008 Instructional Technologist Approval:
Peppi P. Cooper 1/14/2008 Operations or TRN Supervisor Approval:
Donna Christiansen 1/17/2008 C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\l Outlines sent to NRC 1215 2009\\JPM exam 12 2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc 12115/09 08:21 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURES FORMAL OJT REQUIRED PRIOR TO EVALUATION CRO-333E TITLE: Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ~
LOCT -.K Page 1 of7 ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM ~
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR ~CONTROLROOM PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-1SS ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1.
Access to tools, equipment, and references normally used to perform this task are allowed.
- 2.
During initial training, it is encouraged that questions be asked as part of this OJT process to assess the extent of trainee knowledge related to this task.
- 3.
If the trainee is significantly deficient in knowledge or does not adhere to management expectations as outlined below, then a re-examination of the JPM is warranted.
Potential physical harm could occur to the trainee or others Potential damage to equipment could occur A procedure step is missed in a continuous use procedure Significant margin to reactor safety is eroded Wrong unitltrain/component is potentially operated
- 4.
All unsuccessful attempts, deficiencies, and other comments must be documented in the space below and forwarded to a Training Administrative Assistant for tracking.
I Trainerillate:
Trainee:
Evaluatorillate:
Overall JPM Performance:
I Satisfactory 10 I Unsatisfactory I 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer Approval:
Rick Lulling 1/08/2008 Instructional Technologist Approval:
Peppi P. Cooper 111412008 Operations or TRN Supervisor Approval:
Donna Christiansen 111712008 C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 -2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
12/15/0908:21 Page2of7 JPM CORRECTION FORM LESSON TITLE:
Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation LESSON NO.:
JPM CRO-333E NEEDED CORRECTION INITIAL iNITIAL DATE PAGE (Typo, DCP, Tech. Error, Etc.)
Developer TRN Supervisor 1/02/08 6
Updated to current procedure versions RLP DMC 8/31/09 Various Updated correct chg pmp amps, HHSI flow and LHSI rwm flow C:\\HLT33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\l Outlines sent to NRC 1215 2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc 12115/0908:21 LESSON TITLE:
LESSON NO.:
DATE PAGE 1/02/08 6
8/31109 Various Page 2 of7 JPM CORRECTION FORM Perform The Required Actions For Transfer to Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation JPM CRO-333E NEEDED CORRECTION INITIAL INITIAL (Typo, DCP, Tech. Error, Etc.)
Developer TRN Supervisor Updated to current procedure versions RLP DMC Updated correct chg pmp amps, HHSI flow and LHSI rwm flow C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 -2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
12/15/0908:21 Page 3 of7 STANDARDS Apply the following criteria during the performance of this JPM:
a.
The task must be performed using the appropriate plant procedures, Technical Specifications, or other references.
b.
All critical elements must be performed, simulated, or discussed without error, prompting or unnecessary queuing.
c.
Management expectations are met regarding human performance tools (three way communications, STAR, procedural adherence, etc.), radiological controls, and industrial safety.
CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b.
The A and B RI-JR pumps and the A and C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d.
The B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
e.
Directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: THIS JPM CAN BE SIMULATED ON EITHER UNIT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for M0V8888A & B 5 / U LEGS ISO Q1/2E1 1M0V8888A and 8888B are taken to CLOSE. (CUE:
M0V8888A & B green lights lit, valves are closed)
- 2.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887A & B S / U Q1/2E1 1MOV8887A and 8887B are taken to OPEN. (CUE:
M0V8887A & B red lights lit, valves are open)
- 3 Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8889 taken S / U Q1/2E1 1MOV8889 to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.)
C:\\HLT33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 1215 2009\\JPM exam 12 22009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO333E.doc 12115/0908:21 STANDARDS Apply the following criteria during the performance of this JPM:
Page 3 of7
- a.
The task must be performed using the appropriate plant procedures, Technical Specifications, or other references.
- b.
All critical elements must be performed, simulated, or discussed without error, prompting or unnecessary queumg.
- c.
Management expectations are met regarding human performance tools (three way communications, STAR, procedural adherence, etc.), radiological controls, and industrial safety.
CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTION FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
- b. The A and B RHR pumps and the A and C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
- c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
- d. The B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
- e.
Directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 ofESP-l.4.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: THIS JPM CAN BE SIMULATED ON EITHER UNIT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- l.
Close A(B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S I U LEGS ISO Ql/2EIIMOV8888A and 8888B are taken to CLOSE. (CUE:
MOV8888A & B green lights lit, valves are closed)
- 2.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887 A & B S I U Ql12EIIMOV8887A and 8887B are taken to OPEN. (CUE:
MOV8887 A & B red lights lit, valves are open)
- 3.
Open RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS ISO Handswitch for MOV8889 taken S I U Q1I2EIIMOV8889 to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8889 green light lit, valve remains closed.)
C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 -2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
12/15/09 08:21 Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 4 Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for M0V8887A & B S / U Ql/2E1 1M0V8887A and 8887B are taken to CLOSE. (CUE:
M0V8887A & B green lights lit, valves are closed) 5.
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS Light for MOV8889 checked.
S / U ISO Ql/2E1 1M0V8889 (CUE: MOV8889 green light lit, valve is closed.)
- 6.
Open A (B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for M0V8888A & B S / U LEGS ISO Ql/2E1 1MOV8888A and are taken to OPEN. (CUE:
8888B.
M0V8888A & B red lights lit, valves are open)
- 7*
Stop A Chg Pump.
Handswitch for A Chg Pump taken S / U to OFF. (CUE: A Chg Pump amps go to 0 and green light lit.)
- 8.
Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S / U Ql/2E21MOV8803A and B ISO valves MOV88O3A & B taken to CLOSE. (CUE: M0V8803A &
B green lights lit, valves are closed)
- 9*
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT Handswitch for MOV8886 taken S / U LEGS valve Q1/2E21MOV8886.
to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8886 red light lit, valve is open.)
- 10.
Start either A or B Chg Pump.
Handswitch for A or B Chg Pump S / U taken to START. (CUE: Pump red light lit, amps increase.)
NOTE: IF EXAMINEE OBSERVES CHG PUMP AMPS - CUE: CHG PUMP AMPS 120 AND STABLE.
- 11.
Stop C Chg Pump Handswitch for C Chg Pump taken S / U to OFF. (CUE: C Chg Pump amps go to 0 and green light lit.)
- 12 Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S / U COLD LEGS valve Ql/2E21MOV8885 to CLOSE. (CUE: MOV 8885 green light lit, valve is closed.)
C:\\HLT33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 1215 2009\\JPM exam 12 22009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO333E.doc 12/15/0908:21 Page 4 of7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 4.
Close RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS XCON Handswitch for MOV8887 A & B S / U Q1I2E11MOV8887A and 8887B are taken to CLOSE. (CUE:
MOV8887 A & B green lights lit, valves are closed)
- 5.
Verify closed RHR TO RCS HOT LEGS Light for MOV8889 checked.
S / U ISO Q112E11MOV8889 (CUE: MOV8889 green light lit, valve is closed.)
- 6.
Open A (B) RHR HX TO RCS COLD Handswitch for MOV8888A & B S / U LEGS ISO Q1I2EI1MOV8888A and are taken to OPEN. (CUE:
8888B.
MOV8888A & B red lights lit, valves are open)
- 7.
Stop A Chg Pump.
Handswitch for A Chg Pump taken S / U to OFF. (CUE: A Chg Pump amps go to "0" and green light lit.)
- 8.
Close HHSI TO RCS CL ISO valves Handswitch for HHSI TO RCS CL S / U Q1/2E21MOV8803A and B ISO valves MOV8803A & B taken to CLOSE. (CUE: MOV8803A &
B green lights lit, valves are closed)
- 9.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO HOT Handswitch for MOV8886 taken S / U LEGS valve Q1I2E21MOV8886.
to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8886 red light lit, valve is open.)
- 10.
Start either A or B Chg Pump.
Handswitch for A or B Chg Pump S / U taken to START. (CUE: Pump red light lit, amps increase.)
NOTE: IF EXAMINEE OBSERVES CHG PUMP AMPS - CUE: CHG PUMP AMPS 120 AND STABLE.
- 11.
Stop C Chg Pump
- 12.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve Q112E21MOV8885 Handswitch for C Chg Pump taken S / U to OFF. (CUE: C Chg Pump amps go to "0" and green light lit.)
Handswitch for MOV8885 taken S / U to CLOSE. (CUE: MOV 8885 green light lit, valve is closed.)
C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 -2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
12/15/09 08:21 EVALUATION CHECKLIST Page 5 of 7 ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
- 13.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve Q1/2E21MOV8884 14.
Stop any running B train CHG PUMP 15.
Close CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve Q1/2E21M0V8884
- 16.
Open CHG PUMP RECIRC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve Q1/2E21M0V8885
- 17.
Start C Chg Pump Handswitch for M0V8884 taken to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8884 green light lit, valve remains closed.)
B train CHG PUMPs checked for running indication. (CUE: No B train CHG PUMPs running.)
Light for M0V8884 checked.
(CUE: MOV8884 green light lit, valve is closed.)
Handswitch for M0V8885 taken to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8885 red light lit, valve is open.)
Handswitch for C Chg Pump taken to START. (CUE: Pump red light lit, amps increase.)
S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U NOTE: IF EXAMINEE OBSERVES CHG PUMP AMPS
- CUE: CHG PUMP AMPS 120 AND STABLE.
18.
Check at least one train of LHSI aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHSI aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHSI aligned to hot legs.
19.
Verify SI flow stable Alignment checked for proper S / U LHSI and HHSI line-up. (CUE:
LHSI aligned to cold legs and one Train of HHSI is aligned for hot legs.)
Flow checked on FI-943, 940, HHSI Flow A (B) train recirc flow and FI-605A1605B RHR HDR flow. (CUE: FI-943 stable at 640 gpm and FI-940 stable at 600 gpm.
FI-605A stable at 3100 gpm and FI-605B stable at 3150 gpm.)
Terminate JPM.
C:\\HLT33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\l Outlines sent to NRC 1215 2009\\JPM exam 12 2-2009\\Bank JpjvJ used\\CRO-333E.doc S/U STOP TIME 12/15/0908:21 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 13.
Open CHG PUMP REC1RC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve Q112E2IMOV8884
- 14.
Stop any running B train CHG PUMP
- 15.
Close CHG PUMP REC1RC TO RCS HOT LEGS valve Q112E2IMOV8884
- 16.
Open CHG PUMP REC1RC TO RCS COLD LEGS valve Q112E2IMOV8885
- 17.
Start C Chg Pump STANDARDS:
Handswitch for MOV8884 taken to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8884 green light lit, valve remains closed.)
B train CHG PUMPs checked for running indication. (CUE: No B train CHG PUMPs running.)
Light for MOV8884 checked.
(CUE: MOV8884 green light lit, valve is closed.)
Handswitch for MOV8885 taken to OPEN. (CUE: MOV 8885 red light lit, valve is open.)
Handswitch for C Chg Pump taken to START. (CUE: Pump red light lit, amps increase.)
Page 5 of7 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S I U S/U S I U S/U S I U NOTE: IF EXAMINEE OBSERVES CHG PUMP AMPS - CUE: CHG PUMP AMPS 120 AND STABLE.
- 18.
- 19.
Check at least one train of LHS1 aligned to the hot legs and at least one train HHS1 aligned to cold legs OR at least one train of LHS1 aligned to cold legs and at least one train HHS1 aligned to hot legs.
Verify S1 flow stable STOP TIME Terminate lPM.
Alignment checked for proper S I U LHS1 and HHS1 line-up. (CUE:
LHS1 aligned to cold legs and one Train of HHS1 is aligned for hot legs.)
Flow checked on F1-943, 940, S I U HHS1 Flow A (B) train recirc flow and F1-605A/605B RHR HDR flow. (CUE: F1-943 stable at 640 gpm and F1-940 stable at 600 gpm.
F1-605A stable at 3100 gpm and F1-605B stable at 3150 gpm.)
C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 -2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
12/15/09 08:21 Page 6 of 7 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0 FNP-2-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0 2.
KIAs: 006 EA4.07 RO-4.4 SRO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None COMMENTS:
C:\\HLT33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\l Outlines sent to NRC 1215 2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
('
12/15/0908:21 Page 60f7 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0 FNP-2-ESP-1.4, REV. 14.0
- 2.
KI As: 006 EA4.07 RO-4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None COMMENTS:
SRO-4.4 C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 -2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
12/15/09 08:21 Page 7 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
b.
The A and B RHR pumps and the A and C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
d.
The B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
e.
Directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 of ESP-1.4.
f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
C:\\HLT33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\l Outlines sent to NRC 1215 2009\\JPM exam 12 2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc 12115/09 08:21 Page 7 of7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM THE REQUIRED ACTIONS FOR TRANSFER TO SIMULTANEOUS COLD LEG AND HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
A safety injection is in progress following a Large Break LOCA.
- b. The A and B RHR pumps and the A and C charging pumps are running in the cold leg recirculation alignment.
- c.
Seven and one-half hours have passed since the LOCA event started.
- d.
The B Chg Pump is aligned to A train.
- e.
Directed by Shift Supervisor to align ECCS for Transfer To Simultaneous Cold Leg and Hot Leg Recirculation starting at Step 1 ofESP-1.4.
- f.
A pre-job brief is not required.
C:\\HLT-33\\2 NRC communications 2009\\1 Outlines sent to NRC 12-15 -2009\\JPM exam 12-2-2009\\Bank JPMs used\\CRO-333E.doc
Page 1 of 6
- d. Simulator JPM CRO-047A TITLE: Perform The Required Actions In Response To RCP Seal Failures PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-128 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Initiate a reactor trip in response to a 1 C RCP seal failure.
Secure the 1C RCP.
Close the 1C RCP #1 seal leakoff valve.
Examinee:
Overall 3PM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM d.
- d. Simulator JPM CRO-047A TITLE: Perform The Required Actions In Response To RCP Seal Failures PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T -.K ACCEPTABLE EV ALUA TION METHOD: ~
PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:...x. SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-128 AL TERNA TE PATH ---.2L TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Initiate a reactor trip in response to a 1 C RCP seal failure.
Secure the 1 C RCP.
Close the 1C RCP #1 sealleakoffvalve.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 Page 1 of 6 0
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Plant is in Mode I at 100% power.
b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE TO EVALUATOR: SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds.
Check MCB instrumentation lAW DC2 to Checks FR-I 54A and observes
/ U determine if an instrument failure has FR-154A blue pen indicates 9.0 occurred or if a seal problem has developed.
gpm, red and green pens indicate 3.0 gpm.
ChecksFl-156B,FI-l55BandFI-S / U l54B and observes FI-156B, Fl 155B and F1-l54B all indicate> 1 gpm.
ChecksPl-156A,l55Aandl54A.
/ U and observes P1-156A and P1-155A and PI-154A all read >400 psig.
ChecksFl-130A,F1-l27AandFI-S / U 124A and observes FI-124A reads 9.2gpm, FI-130A reads 7.5 gpm, and FI-127A reads 7.5 gpm.
S/U Checks Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperature and Seal Water Outlet temperature computer points and observes No significant increase in temperature trends identified at this time.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
Plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
- b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
START TIME STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of15 seconds.
- 1.
Check MCB instrumentation lAW DC2 to determine if an instrument failure has occurred or if a seal problem has developed.
Checks FR-154A and observes FR-154A blue pen indicates ~ 9.0 gpm, red and green pens indicate ~
3.0 gpm.
Checks FI-156B, FI-155B and FI-154B and observes FI-156B, FI-155B and FI-154B all indicate> 1 gpm.
Checks PI-156A, 155A and 154A.
and observes PI-156A and PI-155A and PI-154A all read >400 psig.
Checks FI-130A, FI-127A and FI-124A and observes FI-124A reads
~ 9.2gpm, FJ-130A reads ~ 7.5 gpm, and FI-127A reads ~ 7.5 gpm.
Checks Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperature and Seal Water Outlet temperature computer points and observes No significant increase in temperature trends identified at this time.
S I U S I U S/U S/U S I U
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 2.
Determines that indications of a seal failure Transitions to AOP-4.1.
S / U exist.
3.
Check #1 Seal leakoff less than 5 gpm.
Identifies IC RCP #1 seal leakoff S / U flow> 5 gpm and observes C RCP
- 1 seal leakoff is 9 gpm.
4.
Check #1 Seal leakoff greater than 6 gpm.
Identifies I C RCP #1 seal leakoff S / U flow> 6 gpm and observes I C RCP #1 seal leakoff is 9 gpm.
5.
Check #1 Seal leakoff less than 8 gpm.
Identifies 1C RCP #1 seal leakoff S / U flow> 8 gpm and observes 1 C RCP #1 seal leakoff is 9 gpm.
6.
Manually trip the reactor.
Manual reactor trip handswitch S / U taken to TRIP position and observes the reactor is tripped.
7.
Performs actions of EEP-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection.
a.
Check reactor tripped.
All reactor trip and reactor trip S / U bypass breakers checked OPEN and observes All reactor trip and bypass breakers are open.
Check nuclear power Falling and observes Nuclear power is falling.
b.
Check turbine TRIPPED.
TSLB2 14-1, 14-2, 14-3, and S / U 14.4 checked and observes TSLB2 14-1, 14-2, 14-3, and 14.4 lights lit.
c.
Check power to 4160 V ESF Power available lights for F & K S / U busses.
checked and observes power available lights are lit. Power available lights for G & L checked and observes power available lights are lit.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
Determines that indications of a seal failure exist.
Check #1 Sealleakoff less than 5 gpm.
Check # 1 Seal leakoff greater than 6 gpm.
Check # 1 Seal leakoff less than 8 gpm.
Manually trip the reactor.
- 7.
Performs actions ofEEP-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection.
- a.
- b.
- c.
Check reactor tripped.
Check turbine - TRIPPED.
Check power to 4160 V ESF busses.
Page 3 of 6 STANDARDS:
Transitions to AOP-4.1.
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U Identifies I C RCP # I seal leakoff S I U flow> 5 gpm and observes C RCP
- 1 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.
Identifies I C RCP # 1 seal leakoff S I U flow> 6 gpm and observes 1 C RCP # 1 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.
Identifies 1 C RCP # 1 sealleakoff S I U flow> 8 gpm and observes 1 C RCP # 1 seal leakoff is ~ 9 gpm.
Manual reactor trip handswitch taken to TRIP position and observes the reactor is tripped.
S I U All reactor trip and reactor trip S I U bypass breakers checked - OPEN and observes All reactor trip and bypass breakers are open.
Check nuclear power Falling and observes Nuclear power is falling.
TSLB2 1, 14-2, 14-3, and S I U 14.4 checked and observes TSLB2 1, 14-2, 14-3, and 14.4 lights lit.
Power available lights for F & K S I U checked and observes power available lights are lit. Power available lights for G & L checked and observes power available lights are lit.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) d.
Verify operating diesel generators Diesel running indication checked S / U are being supplied from at least and observes no diesels are one SW pump.
running.
e.
Check SI status.
Check any SI actuated indication S / U and observes no SI actuation indicated.
f.
Check SI required.
TSLB bistables and parameters for S / U SI checked and observes SI not required.
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: INDIVIDUAL MAY MENTION THAT TRANSITION TO ESP 0.1, REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE IS REQUIRED BUT SHOULD THEN COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF THE STEPS IN AOP-4.1.
8.
Secure 1C RCP.
1C RCP handswitch taken to stop S / U and observes IC RCP breaker indication green light lit, amps 0.
9.
Close 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff valve HV-HV814IC handswitch taken to S / U 8141C.
CLOSE and observes HV8I41C green light is lit.
STOP TIME Terminate JPM when 8141C is closed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- d.
- e.
- f.
Verify operating diesel generators are being supplied from at least one SWpump.
Check SI status.
Check SI required.
STANDARDS:
Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Diesel running indication checked S / U and observes no diesels are runnmg.
Check any SI actuated indication S / U and observes no SI actuation indicated.
TSLB bistables and parameters for S / U SI checked and observes SI not required.
NOTE TO EVALUATOR: INDIVIDUAL MAY MENTION THAT TRANSITION TO ESP-0.1, REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE IS REQUIRED BUT SHOULD THEN COMPLETE THE REMAINDER OF THE STEPS IN AOP-4.1.
- 8.
- 9.
Secure 1 C RCP.
Close lC RCP No.1 sealleakoffvalve HV-8141 C.
STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when 8141 C is closed.
1 C RCP handswitch taken to stop S / U and observes lC RCP breaker indication green light lit, amps = o.
HV8141 C handswitch taken to CLOSE and observes HV8141 C green light is lit.
S / U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-AOP-4.1, Version 5 2.
K/As: 015 AAI.22 RO-4.0 SRO-4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Check MCB instrumentation lAW DC2 to determine if an instrument failure has occurred or if a seal problem has developed is not critical since an instrument failure does not exist.
2.
Critical: Determines that indications of a seal failure exist is critical since if one does not determine a seal failure exists then the appropriate actions of securing the RCP would not be accomplished.
3.
Steps 3 4 are not critical since the step could be performed incorrectly and the task done correctly.
4.
not critical 5.
Critical: Discussion: I believe this is a critical task since this evaluation is critical
- for the correct reason for tripping the reactor.
6.
Critical: This is a critical task since the I C RCP has a seal problem and requires the reactor to be tripped and the IC RCP to be secured and the seal isolated.
7.
Performing the actions of EEP-0, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection, is not critical since the reactor trips, the main turbine trips, electrical power is available and no DGs started and no SI is called for.
8.
Critical: Securing IC RCP is critical to prevent a SB LOCA and further degradation of the RCS.
9.
Critical: Closing 1C RCP No. 1 seal leakoff valve HV-8141C is critical to stop the seal from further degradation.
COMMENTS:
SEAL FAILURE iS ALREADY INSERTED WHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds. (MALI C / MALCVC27C 7 0 15)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-AOP-4.1, Version 5
- 2.
K/As: 015 AA1.22 RO-4.0 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
Page 5 of 6 SRO-4.2 Evaluation STEP
- 1.
Check MCB instrumentation lAW DC2 to determine if an instrument failure has occurred or if a seal problem has developed is not critical since an instrument failure does not exist.
- 2.
Critical: Determines that indications of a seal failure exist is critical since if one does not determine a seal failure exists then the appropriate actions of securing the RCP would not be accomplished.
- 3.
Steps 3 - 4 are not critical since the step could be performed incorrectly and the task done correctly.
- 4.
not critical
- 5.
Critical: Discussion: I believe this is a critical task since this evaluation is critical for the correct reason for tripping the reactor.
- 6.
Critical: This is a critical task since the 1 C Rep has a seal problem and requires the reactor to be tripped and the 1 C RCP to be secured and the seal isolated.
- 7.
Performing the actions of EEP-O, Reactor Trip Or Safety Injection, is not critical since the reactor trips, the main turbine trips, electrical power is available and no DGs started and no SI is called for.
- 8.
Critical: Securing 1 C RCP is critical to prevent a SB LOCA and further degradation of the RCS.
- 9.
Critical: Closing 1 C RCP No.1 sealleakoff valve HV -8141 C is critical to stop the seal from further degradation.
COMMENTS:
SEAL FAILURE IS ALREADY INSERTED \\'YHEN SIMULATOR OPERATOR GOES TO RUN. There is a delay of 15 seconds. (MALI C I MAL-CVC27C 7 0 15)
HANDOUT Pg 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to RESPOND TO PLANT CONDITIONS. The conditions under which this task is to be perfonned are:
- a.
Plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
- b.
The Unit Operator is at the Service Water Structure and the Shift Supervisor has gone to the restroom.
Page 1 of 5
- e. Simulator JPM CRO-133A TITLE: Start Up The Containment Cooling System PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
12 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using SOP-12.I section 4.1:
Start up the containment cooling system Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 11 Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM e.
- e. Simulator JPM CRO-133A TITLE: Start Up The Containment Cooling System PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T --X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
12 MIN SIMULA TOR IC NUMBER:
IC-220 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA Page 1 of 5 TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using SOP-12.1 section 4.1:
Start up the containment cooling system Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-30 1-3
Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The unit is in Mode 5.
b.
Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
c.
Testing has been completed satisfactory.
d.
All preparations have been completed.
e.
The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.
Start ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in Fast speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in High speed.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW TO S I U inlet valves Q1PI6MOV3019A, B, C and D CTMT CLR CLR 1A, B, C, and D (Q1PI6V0IOA, B, C and D).
AND CTMT FPS MOV3OI9A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV30I9A, B, C, & D red lights are lit.
2.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW FROM S / U outlet valves QIPI6MOV344IA, B, C, & D.
IA, B, C, and D Q1PI6MOV344IA, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV344IA, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
3.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for IA, B, C, S / U discharge valves Q1P16MOV3O23A, B, C, and D CTMT CLR SW DISCH and D (QIPI6VO44A, B, C, and D.)
Q1P16MOV3O23A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV3O23A, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
4.
Verify service water flow through A&B Verifies service water flow S / U containment coolers 2000 gpm.
through A&B containment coolers 2000 gpm on FI-3013A and 301 4A.
Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. The unit is in Mode 5.
- b. Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
- c. Testing has been completed satisfactory.
- d. All preparations have been completed.
- e. The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.
Start ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in Fast speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in High speed.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW TO S / U inlet valves QIPI6MOV30l9A, B, C and D CTMT CLR CLR lA, B, C, and D (QlPI6VOlOA, B, C and D).
AND CTMT FPS MOV30l 9A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV30l9A, B, C, & D red lights are lit.
- 2.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for SW FROM S / U outlet valves QlPI6MOV344IA, B, C, & D.
lA, B, C, and D QlPI6MOV344IA, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV344IA, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
- 3.
Open the service water containment cooler Takes handswitch for 1 A, B, C, S / U discharge valves QlPI6MOV3023A, B, C, and D CTMT CLR SW DISCH and D (QIP16V044A, B, C, and D.)
QlPI6MOV3023A, B, C, and D to open & observes MOV3023A, B, C, and D red lights are lit.
- 4.
Verify service water flow through A&B Verifies service water flow S / U containment coolers 2 2000 gpm.
through A&B containment coolers 22000 gpm on FI-3013A and 30l4A.
Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCj)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
5.
Verify service water flow through C&D Verifies service water flow S / U containment coolers 2675 gpm.
through C&D containment coolers 2675 gpm on F1-3013B and Fl 3014B.
NOTE:
Fan speed selection in step 6 and 8 is not a critical task. Starting the fans IS a critical task. Normal speed is fast, but the procedure allows either speed and there is no adverse consequence regardless of the speed chosen.
6.
Start containment coolers IA, IB, IC and 1D Starts containment coolers IA, IB, S / U in FAST speed.
IC and ID in FAST speed by turning switches HOOIA, B, C, and D to start.
7.
Verify CTMT CLR 1A, 1B, IC, ID DISCH Verify CTMT CLR IA, IB, IC, S / U 3186A, B, C, and D and OPEN light ID DISCH 3186A, B, C, and D illuminated, and OPEN and observes RED OPEN light illuminated.
8.
Place containment dome recirculation fans Places containment dome S / U IA, IB, 1C, and ID in HIGH speed.
recirculation fans IA, IB, IC, and ID in HIGH speed by turning switches MOO1A, B, C, and D to HIGH & observes RED running lights lit.
9.
Operate the containment dome recirculation Operates all of the containment S / U fans and containment coolers as necessary to dome recirculation fans to maintain CTMT temperature < 120°F.
maintain containment temperature
< 120°F.
10.
Open IA and lB RX CAV CLG DMPR Open HV3999A and B by taking S / U Q1E12HV3999A and B (QIEI2VOOIA and the hand switches to the open B).
position & observes HV3999A and B RED lights lit.
STOP TIME Terminate when 1A and lB reactor cavity cooling dampers are open.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 5.
Verify service water flow through C&D containment coolers ~ 2675 gpm.
STANDARDS:
Page 3 of 5 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Verifies service water flow S / U through C&D containment coolers
~2675 gpm on FI-3013B and FI-3014B.
NOTE:
Fan speed selection in step 6 and 8 is not a critical task. Starting the fans IS a critical task. Normal speed is fast, but the procedure allows either speed and there is no adverse consequence regardless of the speed chosen.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
- 10.
Start containment coolers I A, I B, I C and I D in FAST speed.
Verify CTMT CLR lA, IB, IC, ID DISCH 3186A, B, C, and D and OPEN light illuminated.
Place containment dome recirculation fans lA, IB, IC, and ID in HIGH speed.
Operate the containment dome recirculation fans and containment coolers as necessary to maintain CTMT temperature < 120°F.
Open IA and IB RX CA V CLG DMPR QIEl2HV3999A and B (QIEI2VOOIA and B).
STOP TIME Starts containment coolers lA, IB, S / U IC and ID in FAST speed by turning switches HOO I A, B, C, and D to start.
Verify CTMT CLR lA, IB, IC, S / U I D DISCH 3186A, B, C, and D and OPEN and observes RED OPEN light illuminated.
Places containment dome S / U recirculation fans I A, I B, I C, and ID in HIGH speed by turning switches MOOIA, B, C, and D to HIGH & observes RED running lights lit.
Operates all of the containment S / U dome recirculation fans to maintain containment temperature
< 120°F.
Open HV3999A and B by taking S / U the hand switches to the open position & observes HV3999A and B RED lights lit.
Terminate when lA and lB reactor cavity cooling dampers are open.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Page 4 of 5 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-SOP-12.1, Version 32.0 2.
KAs: 022A4.0l RO-3.6 SRO-3.6 022A4.03 RO-3.2 SRO-3.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Critical: Opening M0V3019 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
2.
Critical: Opening M0V3441 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
3.
Critical: Opening M0V3023 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
4.
Steps 4 and 5 are not critical since the flow will be in the required range due to the valve manipulations above.
5.
not critical, since the flow will be adequate whether checked or not.
6.
Critical: Starting the ctmt coolers is critical since they are secured and are required to be running The speed at which they are started is not critical 7.
Verifying these dampers open is not critical since they open when the coolers are turned on.
8.
Critical: Starting the ctmt dome recirc fans is critical since they are secured and are required to be running The speed at which they are started is not critical 9
This step is not critical since it verifies the actions of the above steps are complete and ctmt temperature is < 120 deg F.
10.
Critical: This is a critical step since these dampers are closed and provides cool air from the containment air cooling plenum to be discharged into the cavity around the reactor vessel via damper HV-3999A and B for cooling.
COMMENTS:
Page 4 of 5 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1. FNP-I-S0P-12.1, Version 32.0
- 2. KAs: 022A4.01 RO-3.6 022A4.03 RO-3.2 SRO-3.6 SRO-3.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
Evaluation Critical: Opening MOV3019 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
Critical: Opening MOV3441 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
Critical: Opening MOV3023 A-D is a critical task since these valves are closed and are required to be open to obtain the required flow rate.
Steps 4 and 5 are not critical since the flow will be in the required range due to the valve manipulations above.
not critical, since the flow will be adequate whether checked or not.
Critical: Starting the ctmt coolers is critical since they are secured and are required to be running. The speed at which they are started is not critical.
Verifying these dampers open is not critical since they open when the coolers are turned on.
- 8.
Critical: Starting the ctmt dome recirc fans is critical since they are secured and are required to be running. The speed at which they are started is not critical.
- 9.
This step is not critical since it verifies the actions of the above steps are complete and ctmt temperature is < 120 deg F.
- 10. Critical: This is a critical step since these dampers are closed and provides cool air from the containment air cooling plenum to be discharged into the cavity around the reactor vessel via damper HV-3999A and B for cooling.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The unit is in Mode 5.
b.
Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
c.
Testing has been completed satisfactory.
d.
All preparations have been completed.
e.
The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.1.
Start ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in Fast speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in High speed.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START UP THE CONTAINMENT COOLING SYSTEM. The conditions under which this task is to be perfonned are:
- a. The unit is in Mode 5.
- b. Repairs and modifications to the Containment Air Cooling System have been completed.
- c. Testing has been completed satisfactory.
- d. All preparations have been completed.
- e. The shift supervisor has directed you to start up the containment cooling system per SOP-12.1 section 4.l.
Start ALL of the CTMT CLR FANs in Fast speed.
Start ALL of the CTMT DOME RECIRC FANs in High speed.
Page 1 of 5
- f. Simulator JPM CRO-359 Mod.
TITLE: Start 1C DG from the EPB and align it to supply the IF 4160v Bus, Then Start the IA Charging Pump And Support Equipment PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
10 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-2 19 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL X
PRA X
Place the 1-2A DC MSS in MODE 3 and HOLD tags on the MSS and both i.-2A DC output breakers.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Start the 1 C DG per ECP-0.0 and align it to Unit I.
Perform an emergency shutdown on the IC DG (due to SW pumps being unavailable for IC DG cooling while running and aligned to Unit 1).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Validated By BT on AOP-5.l 11-2209 Developer Name: C. Vince Richter j Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM f.
Page 1 of 5
- f. Simulator JPM CRO-359 Mod.
TITLE: Start IC DG from the EPB and align it to supply the IF 4I60v Bus, Then Start the IA Charging Pump And Support Equipment PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T ---X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: --L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
lOMIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-219 ALTERNATE PATH l TIME CRITICAL ~
PRA-.X Place the 1-2A DG MSS in MODE 3 and HOLD tags on the MSS and both 1-2A DG output breakers.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Start the 1 C DG per ECP-O.O and align it to Unit 1.
Perform an emergency shutdown on the 1 C DG (due to SW pumps being unavailable for 1 C DG cooling while running and aligned to Unit 1).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Validated By BT on AOP-S.l 22 09 Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE iF 4160V BUS, THEN START THE 1A CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit I has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
b.
There are no faults on the bus.
c.
I-2A DG is tagged out.
d.
IC Chg pump has tripped.
e.
f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4I60V Bus due to a fault.
g.
Step 1.6 of AOP-5. 1, Contingency Electrical Alignments, to verify the load shed is complete.
h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the IF 4I60V AC Bus using IC DG per AOP-5.1, starting at step 1.7.2, and when the IF 41 60v Bus has power, start the IA charging pump and supporting equipment.
i.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
IC MSS placed in Mode 2.
S / U 2.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG Asks Unit 2 UO if Unit 2 SW S / U BLDG
- A HDR Q2P16V519/537.
TO/FROM DG BLDG
- A HDR (Unit 2 MCB)
Q2P16V519/537 are open.
(CUE: V5 19 and 537 are open) 3.
Verify open 1C DIESEL Checks V525 and 533 and S / U GENERATOR SW SUPP TO/FROM observes no lights LIT.
Unit 2 Q1P16V525/533.
4.
Depress 1 C DG start pushbutton.
IC DG start pushbutton depressed S / U and DG speed increases.
5.
- 61 Hz.
IC DG frequency checked and is S / U between 59 61 Hz.
6.
Verify 1C DG voltage 3740 V -4580 V.
1C DG voltage checked and is S / U between 3740 V
- 4580 V.
7.
Place IC DG UNIT SELECTOR Places key in USS and selects S / U SWITCH in UNIT 1.
UNIT 1.
Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START lC DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE IF 4160V BUS, THEN START THE 1A CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Unit 1 has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
- b. There are no faults on the bus.
- c. 1-2A DG is tagged out.
- d. 1 C Chg pump has tripped.
- e. 1 C DG failed to auto start.
- f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4160V Bus due to a fault.
- g. Step 1.6 of AOP-5.l, Contingency Electrical Alignments, to verify the load shed is complete.
- h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the 1 F 4160V AC Bus using 1 C DG per AOP-5.l, starting at step 1.7.2, and when the IF 4160v Bus has power, start the lA charging pump and supporting equipment.
- i.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
START TIME Place 1 C DG in Mode 2.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG BLDG - A HDR Q2P16V519/537.
(Unit 2 MCB)
Verify open 1 C DIESEL GENERA TOR SW SUPP TO/FROM Unit 2 QIP16V525/533.
Depress 1 C DG start pushbutton.
Verify 1 C DG frequency 59 - 61 Hz.
Verify lC DG voltage 3740 V - 4580 V.
Place 1 C DG UNIT SELECTOR SWITCH in UNIT 1.
RESULTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 1 C MSS placed in Mode 2.
S / U Asks Unit 2 UO if Unit 2 SW S / U TO/FROM DG BLDG - A HDR Q2P16V519/537 are open.
(CUE: V519 and 537 are open)
Checks V525 and 533 and S / U observes no lights LIT.
1 C DG start pushbutton depressed S / U and DG speed increases.
1 C DG frequency checked and is S / U between 59 - 61 Hz.
1 C DG voltage checked and is S / U between 3740 V - 4580 V.
Places key in USS and selects S / U UNIT 1.
Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
8.
Place the SYNCH switch in MAN and The SYNCH switch is placed to S / U CLOSE the output breaker DHO7.
the MAN position and the output breaker DHO7 is closed and the red light is observed to be LIT.
9.
Place Unit I IC DG OUTPUT BKR Places the SYNCH SWITCH in OFF S / U DHO7 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF.
and removes the key NOTE: DFO2-1 will trip open when DHO7 is closed since DF13-1 is closed and a fault exists on the 1K bus. This will ensure no SW flow to the 1C DG and the DG will have to be secured.
10.
Verify breaker DFO2-1 closed, (IF 4160 V bus tie to 1K).
II.
Secure the 1 C diesel per the plaque on the EPB or in a round about way WE4 will send the operator to AOP-10 which will secure the DG per Attachment I of AOP-I0.
12.
Verify SI-RESET, MLB-I 1-1 not lit MLB-I 11-I not lit.
13.
Place the affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.
14.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
15.
Depress affected diesel generator STOP pushbutton.
16.
Place affected diesel generator MODE SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.
IFto lK4l60Vbustiebreaker DFO2 checked closed and the green light is lit, DFO2 is open and an AMBER fault light will be observed.
The following EPB alarm will be in: WEI, 2,3,4 and WDI,2,3.
Obtains Attachment I and S / U commences emergency shutdown.
Observes MLB-1 1-1 and MLB-1 S / U 11-1 not lit.
Checks MSS in Mode 2 position.
S / U Observes the DIESEL EMERG S / U START RESET light go out.
Observes the Diesel STOP light is S / U lit.
Places the DG MSS in Mode 3 S / U position.
17.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Depresses the DIESEL EMERG S / U EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
START RESET pushbutton again.
STOP TIME Terminate JPM when DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.
S/U FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM f.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 8.
- 9.
Place the SYNCH switch in MAN and CLOSE the output breaker DH07.
Place Unit 1 1 C DG OUTPUT BKR DH07 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF.
Page 3 of 5 RESULTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
The SYNCH switch is placed to S / U the MAN position and the output breaker DH07 is closed and the red light is observed to be LIT.
Places the SYNCH SWITCH in OFF S / U and removes the key NOTE: DF02-1 will trip open when DH07 is closed since DF13-1 is closed and a fault exists on the lK bus. This will ensure no SW flow to the lC DG and the DG will have to be secured.
- 10.
Verify breaker DF02-1 closed, (IF 4160 V bus tie to 1 K).
1 F to 1 K 4160V bus tie breaker DF02 checked closed and the green light is lit, DF02 is open and an AMBER fault light will be observed.
The following EPB alarm will be in: WEI, 2,3,4 and WDl,2,3.
S / U
- 11.
Secure the 1 C diesel per the plaque on the Obtains Attachment 1 and S / U EPB or in a round about way WE4 will send commences emergency shutdown.
the operator to AOP-l 0 which will secure the DG per Attachment 1 of AOP-l O.
- 12.
Verify SI-RESET, MLB-l 1-1 not lit Observes MLB-l 1-1 and MLB-l S/U MLB-l 11-1 not lit.
11-1 not lit.
- 13.
Place the affected diesel generator MODE Checks MSS in Mode 2 position.
S / U SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 2.
- 14.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Observes the DIESEL EM ERG S / U EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
START RESET light go out.
- 15.
Depress affected diesel generator STOP Observes the Diesel STOP light is S / U pushbutton.
lit.
- 16.
Place affected diesel generator MODE Places the DG MSS in Mode 3 S / U SELECTOR SWITCH to MODE 3.
position.
- 17.
Depress affected diesel generator DIESEL Depresses the DIESEL EMERG S / U EMERG START RESET pushbutton.
START RESET pushbutton again.
STOP TIME I Terminate JPM when DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton depressed.
Page 4 of 5 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
K/As 055EA1.02 RO-4.3 SRO-4.4 055EA1.06 RO-4.1 SRO-4.6 055EA2.03 RO-3.9 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
Critical: Placing the 1 C DG in Mode 2 is a critical step to be able to start the 1 C DG.
2.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TO/FROM DG BLDG
- A HDR Q2P16V519/537 (Unit 2 MCB) is not critical since these valves are open 3.
Verify open 1C DIESEL GENERATOR SW SUPP TO/FROM Unit 2 Q1P16V525/533 not critical since these valves are open and de-energized 4.
Critical: Depressing the IC DG start pushbutton is a critical step in order to start the IC DG.
5 Steps 5-6 not critical since these actions occur automatically when the DG comes up to speed.
6 not critical 7
Place 1C DG UNIT SELECTOR SWITCH in UNIT I is not critical since under these plant conditions there is no consequence. HOWEVER, this action will keep the IC DG aligned to unit I on subsequent Unit 2 events.
DISCUSS with examiner: Is this action Critical since under some situations it would be required.
8.
Critical: Placing BKR DFI3-1 sync switch in MAN is critical to be able to close this breaker.
Critical: Placing BKR DF 13-1 handswitch taken to close is critical in order to close the breaker.
9 Place Unit 1 1C DG OUTPUT BKR DHO7 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF is not critical since this has no adverse affects to the plant.
10.
Critical: Verify breaker DFO2-1 closed, (IF 4160 V bus tie to 1K) since this is what tells the operator there is no SW to the 1 C DG.
11 Pulling Attachment 1 or the plaque is not critical as long as the I C DG is secured properly.
12 Verify SI-RESET is not critical since there is no SI signal 13 Placing the MSS in Mode 2 is not critical since the switch is already in Mode 2 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM f.
Page 4 of 5 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP -I-AOP-S.O Version 26
- 2.
K/As OSSEAI.02 055EAI.06 055EA2.03 RO-4.3 RO-4.l RO-3.9 SRO-4.4 SRO-4.6 SRO-4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
Evaluation Critical: Placing the 1 C DG in Mode 2 is a critical step to be able to start the 1 C DG.
Verify open Unit 2 SW TOIFROM DG BLDG - A HDR Q2P16V519/537 (Unit 2 MCB) is not critical since these valves are open.
Verify open IC DIESEL GENERATOR SW SUPP TO/FROM Unit 2 QIP16V525/533 not critical since these valves are open and de-energized.
Critical: Depressing the 1 C DG start pushbutton is a critical step in order to start the lCDG.
Steps 5-6 not critical since these actions occur automatically when the DG comes up to speed.
not critical Place I C DG UNIT SELECTOR SWITCH in UNIT I is not critical since under these plant conditions there is no consequence. HOWEVER, this action will keep the I C DG aligned to unit I on subsequent Unit 2 events.
I)ISCCSS with examiner: Is this action Critical since under some situations it would be required.
Critical: Placing BKR DF13-1 sync switch in MAN is critical to be able to close this breaker.
Critical: Placing BKR DF 13-1 handswitch taken to close is critical in order to close the breaker.
Place Unit I IC DG OUTPUT BKR DH07 SYNCH SWITCH in OFF is not critical since this has no adverse affects to the plant.
- 10. Critical: Verify breaker DF02-1 closed, (IF 4160 V bus tie to IK) since this is what tells the operator there is no SW to the 1 C DG.
II. Pulling Attachment 1 or the plaque is not critical as long as the 1 C DG is secured properly.
- 12. Verify Sl-RESET is not critical since there is no SI signal.
- 13. Placing the MSS in Mode 2 is not critical since the switch is already in Mode 2.
Page 5 of 5 14.
Depressing the diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton is not critical in order to secure the DG since an emergency start signal is not present.
15.
Critical: Pressing the stop pushbutton is critical in order for the DG to stop.
16.
Critical: Placing the MSS in mode 3 is critical to keep the DG from restarting.
17.
Depressing the DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton again is not critical for this condition.
COMMENTS: 1-2A DG tagged out overcurrent trip on DFO1 (cbkldfOl_dcclO closed).
This JPM starts the 1C DG per AOP-5.1 and aligns it to unit 1 A Train 4160v bus. 1 B DG will be running on B Train and the 10 HHSI pump will be tripped (ccvpOlc_dco2). A Train will be on service.
Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160V bus is de-energized (cbk2dfO2_cc5 closed).
A fault on DFO2 which will come in when DHO7 breaker is closed (cbkldfo2_co2). The 1C DG will have to be shutdown lAW attachment 1 or EPB Plaque due to no SW flow.
This would be the board normal alignment for the conditions given.
Page 5 of 5
- 14. Depressing the diesel generator DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton is not critical in order to secure the DG since an emergency start signal is not present.
- 15. Critical: Pressing the stop pushbutton is critical in order for the DG to stop.
- 16. Critical: Placing the MSS in mode 3 is critical to keep the DG from restarting.
- 17. Depressing the DIESEL EMERG START RESET pushbutton again is not critical for this condition.
COMMENTS: 1-2A DG tagged out - overcurrent trip on DF01 (cbk1df01_d_cc10 closed).
This JPM starts the 1 C DG per AOP-5.1 and aligns it to unit 1 A Train 4160v bus. 1 B DG will be running on B Train and the 1C HHSI pump will be tripped (ccvp01c_d_co2). A Train will be on service.
Unit 2 A Train 2K 4160V bus is de-energized (cbk2df02_cc5 closed). A fault on DF02 which will come in when DH07 breaker is closed (cbk1dfo2_co2). The 1C DG will have to be shutdown lAW attachment 1 or EPB Plaque due to no SW flow.
This would be the board normal alignment for the conditions given.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE iF 4160V BUS, THEN START THE 1A CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit I has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
b.
There are no faults on the bus.
c.
l-2A DG is tagged out.
d.
1C Chg pump has tripped.
e.
1C DG failed to auto start.
f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 41 60V Bus due to a fault.
g.
Step 5 of ECP-O.O, Loss of ALL AC, to verify the load shed is complete.
h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the I F 41 60V AC Bus using I C DG per ECP-O.O, starting at step 5.2.2.1, and when the IF 4160v Bus has power, start the IA charging pump and supporting equipment.
i.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START lC DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN IT TO SUPPLY THE lF 4160V BUS, THEN START THE lA CHARGING PUMP AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Unit 1 has experienced a Loss of AC power to A Train.
- b. There are no faults on the bus.
- c. 1-2A DO is tagged out.
- d. I C Chg pump has tripped.
- e. I C DO failed to auto start.
- f.
Unit 2 has no power to the 2K 4I60V Bus due to a fault.
- g. Step 5 of ECP-O.O, Loss of ALL AC, to verify the load shed is complete.
- h.
The Emergency Director has directed you to restore power to the 1 F 4160V AC Bus using 1 C DO per ECP-O.O, starting at step 5.2.2.1, and when the IF 4I60v Bus has power, start the IA charging pump and supporting equipment.
- i.
A pre-job brief is not required.
8Mfr I
12/15/0908125/0903131109 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 1 of 6 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURES FORMAL OJt REQUIRED PRIOR TO EVALUATION CRO-359E TITLE: Start 1C DG From The EPB And Align To Supply iF 4160V Bus PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
LOCT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
6 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-176 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL X
PRA X
JPM DIRECTIONS:
1.
Access to tools, equipment, and references normally used to perform this task are allowed.
2.
During initial training, it is encouraged that questions be asked as part of this OJT process to assess the extent of trainee knowledge related to this task.
3.
If the trainee is significantly deficient in knowledge or does not adhere to management expectations as outlined below, then a re-examination of the JPM is warranted.
Potential physical harm could occur to the trainee or others Potential damage to equipment could occur A procedure step is missed in a continuous use procedure Significant margin to reactor safety is eroded Wrong unit/train/component is potentially operated 4.
All unsuccessful attempts, deficiencies, and other comments must be documented in the space below and forwarded to a Training Administrative Assistant for tracking.
Trainer/Date:
Trainee:
Evaluator/Date:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory EJ Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer Approval:
Tom Blindauer 2/12/09 TRN Supervisor/Sr. Instructor Approval Donna Christiansen 2/19/09 Version 1 12115/0908125/0903131/098022 AM233 PM7056 AM e,4v>Vo-J f f1"- ~ p) CfLO ~ 0:'g~1 of 6 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURES FORMAL OJt REQUIRED PRIOR TO EVALUATION CRO-359E TITLE: Start IC DG From The EPB And Align To Supply IF 4160V Bus PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT -L LOCT ---.X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: -L PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION: ~SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
6 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-I76 ALTERNATE PATH X TIME CRITICAL X PRA ---.X JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1.
Access to tools, equipment, and references normally used to perform this task are allowed.
- 2.
During initial training, it is encouraged that questions be asked as part of this OJT process to assess the extent of trainee knowledge related to this task.
- 3.
If the trainee is significantly deficient in knowledge or does not adhere to management expectations as outlined below, then a re-examination of the JPM is warranted.
Potential physical harm could occur to the trainee or others Potential damage to equipment could occur A procedure step is missed in a continuous use procedure Significant margin to reactor safety is eroded Wrong unit/train/component is potentially operated
- 4.
All unsuccessful attempts, deficiencies, and other comments must be documented in the space below and forwarded to a Training Administrative Assistant for tracking.
Trainerillate:
Trainee:
Evaluatorillate:
Overall JPM Performance:
1 Satisfactory 1 0 I Unsatisfactory I 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer Approval:
Tom Blindauer 2112/09 TRN Supervisor/Sr. Instructor Approval Donna Christiansen 2/19/09 Version 1
I 12/15/0908125/0903131109 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 2 of 6 JPM CORRECTION FORM LESSON TITLE:
Start 1 C DG From The EPB And Align To Supply 1 F 41 60V Bus LESSON NO.:
JPM CRO-359E Version &
NEEDED CORRECTION INITIAL INITIAL DATE PAGE (Typo, DCP, Tech. Error, Etc.)
Preparer TRN Supervisor 2/12/09 Version 1 Changed the performance mode for this JPM TGB DMC to PERFORM ONLY and the performance Cover location to the SIMULATOR per Al page 2008206954. This is a time critical JPM and with the required cues being provided in the simulation mode the time critical time can not be met in most cases. This JPM is best suited for perform only.
2/12/09 Ver 1 Removed cues from the elements of the JPM TGB DMC (except for the L.O. temp check). Since this is 3, 4, 5 a perform only JPM, no verbal cues are to be provided. Cues will be provided by plant conditions real-time on the simulator Version 1 12115/0908/25/0903/311098:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 2 of6 JPM CORRECTION FORM LESSON TITLE:
Start IC DG From The EPB And Align To Supply IF 4I60V Bus LESSON NO.:
JPM CRO-359E Version &
NEEDED CORRECTION INITIAL INITIAL DATE PAGE (Typo, DCP, Tech. Error, Etc.)
Preparer TRN Supervisor 2/12/09 Version 1 Changed the performance mode for this JPM TGB DMC to PERFORM ONL Y and the performance Cover location to the SIMULATOR per AI page 2008206954. This is a time critical JPM and with the required cues being provided in the simulation mode the time critical time can not be met in most cases. This JPM is best suited for perform only.
2/12/09 Ver1 Removed cues from the elements of the JPM TGB DMC (except for the L.O. temp check). Since this is 3,4,5 a perform only JPM, no verbal cues are to be provided. Cues will be provided by plant conditions real-time on the simulator Version 1
I 12/151090812510903131109 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 3 of 6 STANDARDS Apply the following criteria during the performance of this JPM:
a.
The task must be performed using the appropriate plant procedures, Technical Specifications, or other references.
b.
All critical elements must be performed, simulated, or discussed without error, prompting or unnecessary queuing.
c.
Management expectations are met regarding human performance tools (three way communications, STAR, procedural adherence, etc.), radiological controls, and industrial safety.
CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN TO SUPPLY iF 4160V BUS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit 1 has experienced a loss of all AC power, no previous SI signals.
b.
l-2A DG is tagged out.
c.
lB DO failed to start when attempted.
d.
lC failed to auto start.
e.
2C DO tripped on essential engine protection when started as SBO diesel.
f.
Load shed of emergency buses has been verified complete.
g.
Unit 2 has no A train power to 2K 4160v Bus.
h.
You have been directed to restore power to iF 4160V AC Bus using 1C DO per ECP-0.0, Step 5.2.2, RNO.
i.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
j.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
START TIME
- 1.
Place lC DO in Mode 2 1C MSS placed in Mode 2.
5 / U
- 2.
Depress 1 C DO start pushbutton 1 C DO start pushbutton depressed.
S / U NOTE: PERFORMANCE OF ELEMENTS 3 THROUGH 15 ARE TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE COMPLETED IN <3 MINUTES.
START CRITICAL TIME 3.
Verify 1C DO frequency 58
- 62 Hz.
4.
Verify 1C DO voltage 4.0 KV
- 4.3 KV.
5.
Check 1C DO output breaker closed.
F
1C DO frequency checked.
1 C DO voltage checked.
1 C DO output breaker DHO7 checked.
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S/U S/U S/U Version 1 12115/0908/25/0903131/098:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 3 of6 STANDARDS Apply the following criteria during the performance of this JPM:
- a.
The task must be performed using the appropriate plant procedures, Technical Specifications, or other references.
- b.
All critical elements must be performed, simulated, or discussed without error, prompting or unnecessary queumg.
- c.
Management expectations are met regarding human performance tools (three way communications, STAR, procedural adherence, etc.), radiological controls, and industrial safety.
CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1 C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN TO SUPPLY IF 4160V BUS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- b. I-2A DG is tagged out.
- c.
IB DG failed to start when attempted.
- d. I C failed to auto start.
- f.
Load shed of emergency buses has been verified complete.
- g. Unit 2 has no "A" train power to 2K 4I60v Bus.
- h.
You have been directed to restore power to IF 4I60V AC Bus using IC DG per ECP-O.O, Step 5.2.2, RNO.
- 1.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
J.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
START TIME
- 1.
Place I C DG in Mode 2
- 2.
Depress I C DG start pushbutton STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
I C MSS placed in Mode 2.
S / U I C DG start pushbutton depressed.
S / U NOTE: PERFORMANCE OF ELEMENTS 3 THROUGH 15 ARE TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE COMPLETED IN < 3 MINUTES.
START CRITICAL TIME
- 3.
Verify IC DG frequency 58 - 62 Hz.
- 4.
Verify IC DG voltage 4.0 KV - 4.3 KV.
- 5.
Check I C DG output breaker closed.
I C DG frequency checked.
I C DG voltage checked.
IC DG output breaker DH07 checked.
S / U S / U S / U Version 1
I 12/15/0908/25/0903/31/09 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 4 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 6.
Verify 1C DG in Mode 2.
1C DG MSS placed in Mode 2.
S / U
- 7*
Place 1C DG output breaker DHO7-l sync DHO7-1 sync switch placed in S / U switch in MAN.
MAN.
- 8.
Close DHO7-1.
DHO7-1 handswitch taken to close.
S / U 9.
Check iF 4160V AC bus energized.
iF 4160 supply DF13-1 checked S / U closed or iF 4160V AC bus potential lights checked on.
10.
Reset SI, if present.
Checks MLB1 1-1 and 11-1.
S / U
- 11.
Place BKR DF 13-1 sync switch in MAN.
DF 13-1 sync switch placed in S / U MAN.
- 12.
When the load shed has been verified, close BKR DF13-1 handswitch taken to S / U breaker DF13-1.
close.
13.
Verify breaker DFO2 closed.
iF to 1K 4160V bus tie breaker S / U DFO2 checked.
14.
Monitor 1C DG load.
S / U
- 15.
Verify two SW pumps in A train running.
Handswitch for two A Train SW S / U pumps taken to start.
STOP CRITICAL TIME WHEN FIRST SW PUMP RUNNING.
I 16.
Verify SW to/from DG BLDG A HDR Valves checked.
S / U Q1P16V519/537 open.
17.
Checks 1 C DG lube oil temperature alarm Directs SO to check 1 C DG lube S / U
- clear, oil temperature alarm clear. (CUE:
SO reports alarm clear.)
STOP TIME Terminate when 1 C DG temperature alarm checked.
I CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Version 1 12/1510908/2510903/311098:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 4 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 6.
Verify lC DG in Mode 2.
1 C DG MSS placed in Mode 2.
S / U
- 7.
Place lC DG output breaker DH07-1 sync DH07 -1 sync switch placed in S / U switch in MAN.
MAN.
- 8.
Close DH07-1.
DH07-1 handswitch taken to close.
S / U
- 9.
Check IF 4160V AC bus energized.
IF 4160 supply DF13-1 checked S / U closed or IF 4160V AC bus potential lights checked on.
- 10.
Reset SI, if present.
Checks MLB 1 1-1 and 11-1.
S / U
- 11.
Place BKR DF13-1 sync switch in MAN.
DF13-1 sync switch placed in S / U MAN.
- 12.
When the load shed has been verified, close BKR DF13-1 handswitch taken to S / U breaker D F 13-1.
close.
- 13.
Verify breaker DF02 closed.
IF to IK 4I60V bus tie breaker S / U DF02 checked.
- 14.
Monitor 1 C DG load.
S / U
- 15.
Verify two SW pumps in 'A' train running.
Handswitch for two 'A' Train SW S / U pumps taken to start.
STOP CRITICAL TIME WHEN FIRST SW PUMP RUNNING.
- 16.
Verify SW to/from DG BLDG A HDR QIP16V519/537 open.
- 17.
Checks 1 C DG lube oil temperature alarm clear.
STOP TIME Valves checked.
S / U Directs SO to check 1 C DG lube S / U oil temperature alarm clear. (CUE:
SO reports alarm clear.)
Terminate when IC DG temperature alarm checked.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Version 1
I 12/151090812510903131109 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 5 of6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP ECP-0.0, Version 22.0 2.
KJAs 055EA1.02 RO-4.3 SRO-4.4 055EA1.06 RO-4.1 SRO-4.6 055EA2.03 RO-3.9 SRO4.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None COMMENTS:
Version 1 1211510908/2510903/311098:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP -l-ECP-O.O, Version 22.0
- 2.
KlAs 055EA1.02 055EAI.06 055EA2.03 RO-4.3 RO-4.1 RO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None COMMENTS:
SRO-4.4 SRO-4.6 SRO-4.7 Page 5 of6 Version 1
I 12/15/0908/25/0903/31/09 8:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 6 of6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START 1C DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN TO SUPPLY iF 4160V BUS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit 1 has experienced a loss of all AC power, no previous SI signals.
b.
1-2A DG is tagged out.
c.
lB DG failed to start when attempted.
d.
1C failed to auto start.
e.
2C DG tripped on essential engine protection when started as SBO diesel.
f.
Load shed of emergency buses has been verified complete.
g.
Unit 2 has no A train power to 2K 4160v Bus.
h.
You have been directed to restore power to iF 41 60V AC Bus using 1C DG per ECP-O.O, Step 5.2.2, RNO.
i.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
j.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Version 1 12115/0908/25/0903/31/098:22 AM2:33 PM7:56 AM Page 6 of6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to START IC DG FROM THE EPB AND ALIGN TO SUPPLY IF 4160V BUS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- b. I-2A DG is tagged out.
- c.
I B DG failed to start when attempted.
- d. I C failed to auto start.
- f.
Load shed of emergency buses has been verified complete.
- g. Unit 2 has no "A" train power to 2K 4I60v Bus.
- h.
You have been directed to restore power to IF 4I60V AC Bus using IC DG per ECP-O.O, Step 5.2.2, RNO.
- 1.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
J.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Version 1
Page 1 of 6
- g. Simulator JPM CRO-092 TITLE: Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW pump trip PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
20 MI1J SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-215 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA Base IC-4 Place HOLI) tags oii the IA and 18 dig pumps, All PRZR heaters and a CAUTION Tag on the lB RM.W pump.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Secure affected equipment in AOP-9.0 due to a loss of CCW.
Transition to AOP-12.0 when directed by AOP-9.0.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory J
Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM g.
- g. Simulator JPM CRO-092 TITLE: Perform Corrective Actions In Response To a CCW pump trip PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OL T --X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: -L PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:
20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-2IS ALTERNATEPATH~ TIMECRITICAL PRA Base IC-4 Page 1 of 6 Place HOLO tags on the fA and III chg pumps, AU PRZR heaters and a CAlJTION 'fag on the tB RMW pump.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this lPM:
Secure affected equipment in AOP-9.0 due to a loss ofCCW.
Transition to AOP-12.0 when directed by AOP-9.0.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-30I-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE 1A CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <1 80°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
c.
Both trains of RHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
d.
1 C Charging pump is running.
e.
1A and lB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-.2.2 step 5.39.
f.
The IA CCW pump has just tripped.
g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1. Verify CCW pump started in affected train.
Checks IA CCW pump has S / U tripped. AAI alarm is in and IA CCW pump HS has an amber and green light lit.
lB CCW pump is aligned to the A Train.
- 2. Verify CCW pump started in non affected train.
Checks 1 C CCW pump running S / U and observes the red light lit with CCW flow in the loop.
- 3. Start charging pump in non affected train.
No pump available due to <180°F S / U and both IA and lB chg pump is tagged out.
(If required CUE: SSS acknowledges need for racking in an A train Chg pump breaker)
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE lA CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
- b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
- c.
Both trains of RHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
- d.
1 C Charging pump is running.
- e.
lA and IB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.
- f.
The 1 A CCW pump has just tripped.
- g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
- h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
START TIME
- 1. Verify CCW pump started in affected train.
- 2. Verify CCW pump started in non affected train.
- 3. Start charging pump in non affected train.
STANDARDS:
Checks 1 A CCW pump has tripped. AA 1 alarm is in and 1 A CCW pump HS has an amber and green light lit.
IB CCW pump is aligned to the A Train.
Checks 1 C CCW pump running and observes the red light lit with CCW flow in the loop.
No pump available due to <180°F and both 1 A and 1 B chg pump is tagged out.
(If required CUE: SSS acknowledges need for racking in an A train Chg pump breaker)
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U S / U S / U
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
Element 4 may not be performed until after the ARP is referenced. AOP-9.0 does not provide clear guidance to secure the IC Chg pump since another Chg pump is not readily available. If not performed within AOP-9.0 then ARP response is expected to ensure the Charging pump is secured.
ENSURE that the Simulator operator does not Silence/Acknowledge EA3 alarm.
4.
Stop 1C Charging pump. (either using AOP-9.0 or Hand switch for IC charging pump S / U ARP-1.5, EA3) taken to STOP. Observes IC a.
IF Evaluates EA3 then: Dispatches an operator charging pump green light lit, I C to report I C Chg pump local temperatures.
charging pump amps, discharge pressure and FI-122 indicate 0.
CUE: The 1C Chg pump LO temp is 165°F and rising.
b.
After report of temps 160°F, immediately secures the IC Chg pump.
NOTE:
Evaluation of element 5 should lead to AOP-9.0, step 2 RNO, based on NOTE before step 2 that says, Adequate CCW flow means sufficient cooling is available to maintain acceptable temperatures. (i.e. charging pumps, RHR cooling, SFP cooling, RCPs etc.). If at this note the candidate continues on in the procedure then proceed to Element 10.
Checks parameters for CCW cooling being adequate:
all parameters checked are as expected:
CCW flow on FI-3 I 54C normal but charging pump temperatures are increasing.
RCP temps normal due to none running I C CCW pump not cavitating LI-3096A & B are normal Request for SS to tag in IA or I B Charging pump on the non affected train to recover a charging pump.
(CUE: IF requested then SSS acknowledges.)
5.
Check CCW system adequate for continued plant support:
Check CCW flow adequate RCPtemp<195°F CCW pump not Cavitating Surge tank>13 If Step 2 RNO applied, start here to complete task.
6.
Establish an operable charging pump in the non affected train.
S/U S/U FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM g.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
Page 3 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
- Element 4 may not be performed until after the ARP is referenced. AOP-9.0 does not provide clear guidance to secure the I C Chg pump since another Chg pump is not readily available. If not performed within AOP-9.0 then ARP response is expected to ensure the Charging pump is secured.
ENSURE that the Simulator operator does not Silence/Acknowledge EA3 alarm.
- a.
IF Evaluates EA3 then: Dispatches an operator to report I C Chg pump local temperatures.
CUE: "The 1C Chg pump LO temp is 165°F and rising."
- b.
After report of temps 160°F, immediately secures the I C Chg pump.
Hand switch for 1 C charging pump taken to STOP. Observes I C charging pump green light lit, I C charging pump amps, discharge pressure and FI -122 indicate O.
S / U NOTE: Evaluation of element 5 should lead to AOP-9.0, step 2 RNO, based on NOTE before step 2 that says, "Adequate CCW flow means sufficient cooling is available to maintain acceptable temperatures. (i.e. charging pumps, RHR cooling, SFP cooling, RCP's etc.)." If at this note the candidate continues on in the procedure then proceed to Element 10.
- 5. Check CCW system adequate for continued plant support:
Check CCW flow adequate RCP temp < 195°F CCW pump not Cavitating Surge tank> 13" If Step 2 RNO applied, start here to complete task.
- 6. Establish an operable charging pump in the non affected train.
Checks parameters for CCW cooling being adequate:
all parameters checked are as expected:
CCW flow on FI-3I54C normal but charging pump temperatures are increasing.
RCP temps normal due to none running I C CCW pump not cavitating LI-3096A & B are normal Request for SS to tag in 1 A or I B Charging pump on the non affected train to recover a charging pump.
(CUE: IF requested then SSS acknowledges. )
S / U S / U
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 7.
Request SSS to align Fire water per AOP-If a request for SSS to align Fire S / U 9.0, attachment I to the IC Charging pump water per AOP-9.0, attachment 1, may be made.
to the 1 C Charging pump (CUE:
IF requested, then SSS acknowledges) 8.
Stop the affected RHR pump (IB).
Secures lB RHR pump, observes S / U green light lit, amps and FI-605B are 0.
- 9. Enter AOP-12.
Declares need to enter AOP-12.
S / U (CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
If Step 2 RNO not applied, start here to complete task
- 10. Verify SW flow supplied to the A Train.
Checks FI3009CA arid observes S / U flow is normal.
- 11. Check the ON SERVICE Train affected.
Checks only B train affected.
S / U
- 12. Check both RHR pumps stopped.
Checks lights and flow for IA &
S / U I B RHR pumps running and observes the red lights lit for both pumps with flow.
- 13. Stop lB RHR pump.
Secures lB RHR pump, observes S / U green light lit, amps and FI-605B are 0.
- 14. Enter AOP-12.
Declares need to enter AOP-12.
S / U (CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
STOP TIME Terminate JPM after AOP-12 is entered.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
If a request for SSS to align Fire S I U water per AOP-9.0, attachment 1, to the 1 C Charging pump (CUE:
IF requested, then SSS acknowledges)
- 8. Stop the affected RHR pump (lB).
Secures IB RHR pump, observes S I U green light lit, amps and FI-60SB are O.
- 9. Enter AOP-I2.
Declares need to enter AOP-I2.
(CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
If Step 2 RNO not applied, start here to complete task.
- 10. Verify SW flow supplied to the A Train.
Checks FI3009CA and observes flow is normal.
- 11. Check the ON SERVICE Train affected.
- 12. Check both RHR pumps stopped.
- ] 3. Stop 1 B RHR pump.
- 14. Enter AOP-I2.
STOP TIME I Terminate JPM after AOP-12 is entered.
Checks only B train affected.
Checks lights and flow for 1 A &
1 B RHR pumps running and observes the red lights lit for both pumps with flow.
Secures 1 B RHR pump, observes green light lit, amps and FI-60SB are O.
Declares need to enter AOP-I2.
(CUE: SS acknowledges. The extra Operator will perform AOP-12)
S I U S I U S/U S/U S I U S I U CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-AOP-9.0, version 22.0 2.
K/As: 008A2.01 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 026AA1.02 RO-3.2 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1.
2 Elements 1-3 are not critical since no action is being taken 3.
4.
Critical: Stopping the IC charging pump is a critical task since this protects a valuable safety related piece of equipment. This can be done within AOP-9 OR using the ARP.
5.
Elements 5 7 are not critical since these steps can not be done in the control room and will not take care of the situation.
6.
Not critical since in this mode it is not critical to get that charging pump back. The A Train RHR pump is running and will provide cooling and flow to the core.
7.
Not critical since aligning fire water would work but is not the proper course of action considering the mode and situation and racking in one charging pump on the other train would take care of the charging pump situation.
8.
Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1 B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
9.
Critical: Entering AOP-12 is critical since this procedure will provide guidance to control cooling and RCS level and pressure and protect the RHR pump.
10 not critical 11 not critical 12.
not critical 13.
Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
14.
Critical: Entering AOP-12 is critical since this procedure will provide guidance to control cooling and RCS level and pressure and protect the RHR pump.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
I.
FNP-I-AOP-9.0, version 22.0
- 2.
K/As: 008A2.01 026AAI.02 RO-3.3 RO-3.2 SRO-3.6 SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP
- 1.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9.
Evaluation Elements 1-3 are not critical since no action is being taken.
Critical: Stopping the I C charging pump is a critical task since this protects a valuable safety related piece of equipment. This can be done within AOP-9 OR using the ARP.
Elements 5 - 7 are not critical since these steps can not be done in the control room and will not take care of the situation.
Not critical since in this mode it is not critical to get that charging pump back. The A Train RHR pump is running and will provide cooling and flow to the core.
Not critical since aligning fire water would work but is not the proper course of action considering the mode and situation and racking in one charging pump on the other train would take care of the charging pump situation.
Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1 B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
Critical: Entering AOP-12 is critical since this procedure will provide guidan,ce to control cooling and RCS level and pressure and protect the RHR pump.
- 10. not critical II. not critical
- 12. not critical
- 13. Critical: Stopping the affected RHR pump (1 B) is critical to protect the pump from overheating.
- 14. Critical: Entering AOP-12 is critical since this procedure will provide guidance to control cooling and RCS level and pressure and protect the RHR pump.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE 1A CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
c.
Both trains of RHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
d.
IC Charging pump is running.
e.
1A and lB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.
f.
The IA CCW pump has just tripped.
g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTIONS IN RESPONSE TO A TRIP OF THE 1 A CCW PUMP. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
The Plant is in Mode 5, RCS temp <180°F, the pressurizer is solid and RCS pressure is 95 psig.
- b.
A Train is the on-service CCW train.
- c.
Both trains ofRHR are running in the RCS cool down mode with Low Pressure Letdown aligned to A Train.
- d.
1 C Charging pump is running.
- e.
IA and IB Charging pump breakers are racked out and tagged per UOP-2.2 step 5.39.
- f.
The 1 A CCW pump has just tripped.
- g.
You are directed to perform the actions for AOP-9.0.
- h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 7
- h. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X
LOCT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION:
X SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
25 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC.182 ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL X
PRA X
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using EEP-0 Attachment 2:
Verify CTMT Isolation Phase A Is Actuated And Aligned.
Time critical portions must be successfully completed within the time specified ( 20 minutes).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
- h. Simulator JPM CRO-406A TITLE: Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated And Aligned PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT ~
LOCT ---X ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM ONLY EVALUATION LOCATION: ~
SIMULATOR ONLY PROJECTED TIME:
25 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
IC-182 ALTERNATEPATH~ TIMECRITICAL~ PRA~
Page 1 of 7 TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using EEP-O Attachment 2:
Verify CTMT Isolation Phase "A" Is Actuated And Aligned.
Time critical portions must be successfully completed within the time specified (::: 20 minutes).
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE A IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred and only B train actuated.
b.
EEP-O is in progress.
c.
You are directed to verify Phase A Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step II of EEP-O.
d.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
e.
A pre-job brief is not required.
NOTE:
A PORTION OF THIS JPM IS TIME CRITICAL EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME 1.
Verifi PHASE A CTMT ISO Check MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.
S / U actuated.
2.
Actuate train A CTMT ISO Train A CTMT ISO PHASE A handswitch
/
PHASE A.
placed to actuate.
NOTE: PERFORMANCE OF ELEMENTS 3 AND 4 ARE TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE PERFORMED IN <20 MINUTES.
CRITICAL TIME START 3.
Check all MLB2 lights lit.
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT lit.
S / U
- 4 Verifies Phase A CTMT S / U isolation using attachment 3.
For each light not lit, the handswitch for the component is taken to the required position to ensure MLB2 light LIT.
Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE "A" IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection has occurred and only 'B' train actuated.
- b. EEP-O is in progress.
- c. You are directed to verify Phase' A' Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step 11 of EEP-O.
- d. This JPM contains time critical elements.
- e. A pre-job brief is not required.
I NOTE:
A PORTION OF THIS JPM IS TIME CRITICAL EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 1.
- 2.
START TIME Verify PHASE A CTMT ISO actuated.
Actuate train "A" CTMT ISO PHASEA.
STANDARDS:
Check MLB2 1-1 and MLB2 11-1 lights LIT.
Train "A" CTMT ISO PHASE A handswitch placed to actuate.
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U S / U NOTE: PERFORMANCE OF ELEMENTS 3 AND 4 ARE TIME CRITICAL AND MUST BE PERFORMED IN < 20 MINUTES.
- 3.
- 4.
CRITICAL TIME START Check all MLB2 lights lit.
Observes some MLB 2 lights NOT lit.
Verifies Phase A CTMT isolation using attachment 3.
For each light not lit, the handswitch for the component is taken to the required position to ensure MLB2 light LIT.
S / U S / U
Page 1 of 7 NOTE:
THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AiDE.
BOXES WITH AN X DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTIALLY LIT.
PLACE AN ADDITIONAL X IN EACH BOX AS THE EXAMINEE MANIPULATES THE ASSOCIATED COMPONENT AND THE INDICATING LIGHT ILLUMINATES.
IF ALL MLB-2 LIGHTS ARE LIT THEN ALL OF THE ELEMENTS ARE CONSIDERED SAT. THE TABLE IS PROVIDED AS AN ENHANCEMENT FOR THE EXAMINER FOR CUEING THE EXAMINEE AND MARKING WHICH COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN MANIPULATED.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10 CONTRM CONTRM 1
CTMT ISO 3657 319 3772A 8112 LC 003 7126 FILT FAN PRZN FAN 3622 PHASEA CLOSED C
S CLOSED CLOSED OS CLOSED IAON IAON CLOSED 2
3234A 3660 319 3772B 8149A 3377 31 310 3649 3624 CLOSED CLOSED C
SE CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OSE C
SE C
SE CLOSED P16V515 3318B 3772C 814 3380 80 3765 3649 3626 CLOSED CLOSED OSE CLOSED OSE CLOSED OSED CLOSED SE CLOSED P16V517 3999A 3443 8149C 80 37 364 3628 CLOSED CLOSED OSED CLOSED CLOSED OSED OSE LOSE OSE CLOSED FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
Page 1 of 7 NOTE:
CTMTISO PHASE A 2
3234A CLOSED 3
PI6V515 CLOSED 4
PI6V517 CLOSED THE BELOW CHART IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS AN EXAMINER AIDE.
BOXES WITH AN X DESIGNATE THE INDICATING LIGHT IS INTI ALL Y LIT.
PLACE AN ADDITIONAL X IN EACH BOX AS THE EXAMINEE MANIPULATES THE ASSOCIATED COMPONENT AND THE INDICATING LIGHT ILLUMINATES.
IF ALL MLB-2 LIGHTS ARE LIT THEN ALL OF THE ELEMENTS ARE CONSIDERED SAT. THE TABLE IS PROVIDED AS AN ENHANCEMENT FOR THE EXAMINER FOR CUEING THE EXAMINEE AND MARKING WHICH COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN MANIPULATED.
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 3657 3772A 8112 3622 CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED 3660 3624 CLOSED CLOSED 3318B 3772C 3626 CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED 3999A ~
3443 8149C 3628 CLOSED OSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
Page 2 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 4 CONTINUED
- 1.2
- 1-3
- 1-4
- 2 I
- 22
- 23
- 24
- 4
- 42
- 44
- 5. I
- 52
- 54
- 62
- 6-3 STANDARDS:
TDAFWP STM SUPP WARMUP ISO (BOP)
Q iN 1 2HV3234A SW TO TURB BLDG ISO A TRN-Q1P16V515 SW TO TURB BLDG ISO B TRN-Q1P16V517 CTMTATMOS TO R-1i/12 ISO (BOP)
Q1E14HV3657 CTMT ATMOS TO R-l 1/12 ISO (BOP)
QI El 4M0V3660 CTMT AP ISO (BOP)-Q1EI4MOV3318B RX CAV CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A CHEM ADD TO 1A SG ISO (BOP)
Q1N25HV3772A CHEM ADD TO lB SG ISO (BOP)
Q 1N25HV3772B CHEM ADD TO I C SG ISO (BOP)
Q1N25HV3772C CCW FROM EXC LTDN/RCDT HXS Q1P17HV3443 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-QI E2 I MOV8 112 LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM-Q1E2IHV8I49C CTMT SUMP DISCH (BOP)-Q1G21HV3377 CTMT SUMP RECIRC (BOP)
Q1G21HV3380 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U S/U FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM h.
Page 2 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 4.
CONTINUED
S I U Q1N12HV3234A
S I U Q1E14HV3657
S I U QIE14MOV3660
- 2-4 RX CAY CLG DMPR (BOP)-Q1E12HV3999A S I U
S I U Q1N25HV3772A
S I U Q 1 N25HV3 772B
S I U QIN25HV3772C
- 4-4 CCW FROM EXC L TDN/RCDT HXS-S I U Q1P17HV3443
- 5-1 RCP SEAL WTR RTN ISO-Q1E21MOV8112 S I U
- 5-2 LTDN ORIF ISO 45 GPM-Q1E21HV8149A S I U
- 5-4 LTDN ORIF ISO 60 GPM-QIE21HV8149C S I U
S I U QIG21HV3380
Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 4 CONTINUED
- 71 RCDT VENT LINE ISO-Q1G21HV7126 S I U
S / U Q1P15HV3765
S / U QSV49FOO2A
S / U QSV47HV3622
S / U QSV47HV3626
S / U QSV49HV3628 STOP TIME I CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-EEP-0, Version 37.0 2.
IPE/PRA Human Reliability Analysis Notebook List of Operator Actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11 3.
K/As: 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM h.
Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 4.
CONTINUED
- 7-1 RCDT VENT LINE ISO-Q 1 021 HV7126 S I U
S I U QIP15HV3765
S I U QSV49F002A
S I U QSV47HV3622
S I U QSV47HV3626
S I U QSV 49HV3628 STOP TIME I CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) before the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-I-EEP-O, Version 37.0
- 2.
IPE/PRA Human Reliability Analysis Notebook List of Operator Actions 3.6.10 and 3.6.11
- 3.
K/As: 013A4.01 RO-4.5 SRO-4.8
Page 4 of 7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT Evaluation NOT Critical Actions not required to complete task successfully 2
NOT Critical Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
3 NOT Critical Actions not required to complete task successfully 4
Critical: Task completion: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.
COMMENTS:
Page 4 of 7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT 1
2 3
4 Evaluation NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
NOT Critical: Action will be unsuccessful, and thus not required to complete task successfully. An alternate path will be successful.
NOT Critical: Actions not required to complete task successfully.
Critical: Task completion: 2 fans must be started and 22 valves/dampers must be manually closed to complete actions which should have automatically occurred for a Phase A containment isolation.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Page 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE A IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
A safety injection has occurred and only B train actuated.
b.
EEP-O is in progress.
c.
You are directed to verify Phase A Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step 11 of EEP-O.
d.
This JPM contains time critical elements.
e.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to VERIFY CTMT ISOLATION PHASE "A" IS ACTUATED AND ALIGNED. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. A safety injection has occurred and only 'B' train actuated.
- b. EEP-O is in progress.
- c. You are directed to verify Phase 'A' Containment Isolation per Attachment 2, Step II ofEEP-O.
- d. This JPM contains time critical elements.
- e. A pre-job brief is not required.
Page 1 of 6 I. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT X
SOCT OLT X
LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MEN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
I.
This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1 numbers: Unit I numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
2.
Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-l[2]-SOP-51.l:
Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter I Date: 10-29-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM i.
Page 1 of 6
- i. In Plant JPM SO-386 TITLE: Commence A Waste Gas Release PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT ~
SOCT OLT~ LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM ~
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITI CAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1. This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1 numbers: Unit 1 numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
- 2. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-I [2]-SOP-51.1 :
Commence a #3 WGDT waste gas decay tank release.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory D
Unsatisfactory D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-29-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
b.
The initial conditions ofSOP-51.1 have been completed.
c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-5 1.0.
f.
SOP-5 1.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g.
You are directed to complete SOP-5 1.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- I.
Open #3 WGDT outlet valve.
QI [2JG22V0 I 9C TPNS number is S / U recorded in SOP-5 1.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter clockwise. (CUE: VOI9C is open.)
- 2.
Open bank A GDT bank outlet valve.
Q1[2]G22V017 TPNS number is S / U recorded in SOP-5 1.1 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: V017 is open.)
3.
Verify RCV-14 flow controller is set at zero RCV-14 flow controller is verified S / U position.
at zero demand. (CUE: RCV -14 indicates 0 demand.)
4.
Verify the plant vent pressure regulator Checks setpoint on plant vent S / U is set for 15 psi.
pressure regulator QI [2]G22V205.
(CUE: V205 setpoint indicator is set for 1 5 psi.)
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
- b.
The initial conditions of SOP-51. 1 have been completed.
- c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
- d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-20S.
- e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-51.0.
- f.
SOP-51.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
- g.
You are directed to complete SOP-5l.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Open #3 WGDT outlet valve.
Q 1 [2]G22VO 19C TPNS number is S / U recorded in SOP-51. 1 and opened by turning the handwheel counter-clockwise. (CUE: V019C is open.)
- 2.
Open bank 'A' GDT bank outlet valve.
Q1 [2]G22V017 TPNS number is S / U recorded in SOP-51. 1 and opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: VOl7 is open.)
- 3.
Verify RCV -14 flow controller is set at zero RCV-14 flow controller is verified S / U position.
at zero demand. (CUE: RCV -14 indicates '0' demand.)
- 4.
Verify the plant vent pressure regulator Checks setpoint on plant vent S / U is set for 15 psi.
pressure regulator Q1 [2]G22V205.
(CUE: V205 setpoint indicator is set for 15 psi.)
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE: STUDENT SHOULD DESCRIBE THE METHOD FOR OBTAINING A MASTER VALVE KEY: THE KEY IS AVAILABLE ON THE RADSIDE OPERATOR KEY RING OR IT MAY BE CHECKED OUT FROM SSS OFFICE (SOP-0.0, SECT. 14.0).
- 5*
Using Master Valve key, unlock and open Q1[2]G22V089 is unlocked and S / U RCV-14 upstream isolation.
turned counterclockwise until opened.
(CUE: V089 is unlocked and open.)
- 6.
Open the RCV-14 downstream isolation.
Qi [2jG22V2O7 is opened by S / U turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: V207 is open.)
- 7 Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent GDT discharge valve to plant vent S / U stack RCV-14 handswitch to open.
stack Q1[2jG22V206 handswitch is turned to open.
(CUE: The RCV-14 handswitch is in the open position.)
8.
Record start time and tank pressure in Start time and tank pressure are S / U SOP-5 1.1 and notify the Shift Radiochemist.
recorded in SOP-5 1.1. (CUE:
The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT pressure is 60 psig.)
Shift Radiochemist notified.
(CUE: Shift Radiochemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
Ensure examinee identifies correct pressure indicator and range.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
Page 3 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE: STUDENT SHOULD DESCRIBE THE METHOD FOR OBTAINING A MASTER VALVE KEY: THE KEY IS AVAILABLE ON THE RADSIDE OPERATOR KEY RING OR IT MAY BE CHECKED OUT FROM SSS OFFICE (SOP-O.O, SECT. 14.0).
- 5.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
Using Master Valve key, unlock and open RCV -14 upstream isolation.
Open the RCV -14 downstream isolation.
Turn GDT discharge valve to plant vent stack RCV-14 handswitch to open.
Record start time and tank pressure in SOP-51. 1 and notify the Shift Radiochemist.
Q1[2]G22V089 is unlocked and turned counterclockwise until opened.
(CUE: V089 is unlocked and open.)
Q1 [2]G22V207 is opened by turning the handwheel counterclockwise.
(CUE: V207 is open.)
GDT discharge valve to plant vent stack Q 1 [2]G22V206 handswitch is turned to open.
(CUE: The RCV -14 handswitch is in the open position.)
Start time and tank pressure are recorded in SOP-51. 1. (CUE:
The current time is the start time and #3 WGDT pressure is 60 psig.)
Shift Radiochemist notified.
(CUE: Shift Radiochemist acknowledges Waste Gas release start time and pressure)
Ensure examinee identifies correct pressure indicator and range.
S / U S / U S/U S / U
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
- 9 Slowly open GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Gas Discharge Control HTK-014 on the Waste Gas Panel and verify R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and GDT #3 pressure is dropping slowly enough to ensure the release of the entire tank will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
10.
Monitor all GDT pressures during the release to ensure only #3 GDT pressure is dropping and no other tank pressures are STOP TIME GDT discharge valve to plant vent RCV..14 is slowly opened while verifying R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and #3 GDT pressure is dropping slow enough to ensure the release will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
(CUE: RCV-14 indicates full open, R-14 is less than the R-14 setpoint and #3 GDT pressure drops I psig every 5 minutes.)
All GDT pressures are monitored to ensure #3 GDT is the only GDT which shows a pressure drop and no other tank pressures are rising.
(CUE: All other GDT pressures are remaining constant, #3 GDT pressure is dropping.)
Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
CUE: Another operator will monitor all GDT pressures and secure the release when complete.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
S/U S/U rising.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 9.
- 10.
Slowly open GOT discharge valve to plant vent RCV-14 using the Waste Gas Discharge Control HIK-014 on the Waste Gas Panel and verify R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and GOT #3 pressure is dropping slowly enough to ensure the release of the entire tank will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
Monitor all GOT pressures during the release to ensure only #3 GOT pressure is dropping and no other tank pressures are rIsmg.
STOP TIME STANDARDS:
Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
GOT discharge valve to plant vent S / U RCV -14 is slowly opened while verifying R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint and #3 GDT pressure is dropping slow enough to ensure the release will take greater than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
(CUE: RCV -14 indicates full open, R-14 is less than the R-14 setpoint and #3 GOT pressure drops 1 psig every 5 minutes.)
All GDT pressures are monitored S / U to ensure #3 GOT is the only GOT which shows a pressure drop and no other tank pressures are rising.
(CUE: All other GOT pressures are remaining constant, #3 GOT pressure is dropping.)
Terminate JPM when all elements of this JPM are completed.
CUE: Another operator will monitor all GOT pressures and secure the release when complete.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-0-SOP-0.0, Version 129.0 2.
FNP-1-SOP-51.1, Version 27.0 3.
FNP-2-SOP-51.1, Version 23.0 4.
FNP-1-CCP-213.1, Version 19.0 5.
FNP-2-CCP-2 13.1, Version 19.0 6.
FNP-0-CCP-208, Version 55.0 7.
Technical Specification 8.
K/As:
071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A3.02 RO-3.6 SRO-3.8 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT lustification:
Element Evaluation 1, 2 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
3, 4 NOT Critical Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.
5-7 Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
8 NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
9 Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
10 NOT Critical Task is already complete prior to this step, and pressures will be as expected whether monitored or not.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- l.
FNP-O-SOP-O.O, Version 129.0
- 2.
FNP-l-S0P-5l.1, Version 27.0
- 3.
FNP-2-S0P-5l.1, Version 23.0
- 4.
FNP-I-CCP-213.l, Version 19.0
- 5.
FNP-2-CCP-213.l, Version 19.0
- 6.
FNP-0-CCP-208, Version 55.0
- 7.
Technical Specification
- 8.
KlAs: 071A2.02 RO-3.3 SRO-3.6 071A3.02 RO-3.6 SRO-3.8 071A4.09 RO-3.3 SRO-3.5 071A4.26 RO-3.1 SRO-3.9 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None Critical ELEMENT justification:
Element 1,2 3,4 5-7 8
9 10 Evaluation Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
NOT Critical: Components are normally in the required position, and do not have to be manipulated for successful completion of this task.
Critical: Required for task completion: required to unisolate #3 WGDT from the release flowpath.
NOT Critical: Task would be completed successfully without doing this element or by doing it incorrectly (recording the wrong tank pressure, reading the pressure guage incorrectly, recording the wrong time, etc.).
Critical: Required for task completion: required to open the only remaining valve in the release flowpath for the #3 WGDT.
NOT Critical: Task is already complete prior to this step, and pressures will be as expected whether monitored or not.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
b.
The initial conditions of SOP-51.1 have been completed.
c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Permit has been issued per CCP-208.
e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-5 1.0.
f.
SOP-5 1.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to normal.
g.
You are directed to complete SOP-51.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to COMMENCE A WASTE GAS RELEASE. The conditions under which this task is to be perfonned are:
- a.
The plant is in Mode 1.
- b.
The initial conditions of SOP-51. 1 have been completed.
- c.
- 3 WGDTis at 60 psig, and has been sampled and analyzed.
- d.
A WGDT Batch Gaseous Waste Release Penn it has been issued per CCP-208.
- e.
The waste gas system is shut down per SOP-51.0.
- f.
SOP-51.1 has been completed up to and including the test on process radiation monitor R-14 which has been tested and restored to nonnal.
- g.
You are directed to complete SOP-51.1, starting at step 4.1.7, to release #3 WGDT.
10/29/09 08:26:22 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT FNP-1 -SOP-5 1.1 September 4, 2008 Version 27.0 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-1 -SOP5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for)
S A
F E
T Y
R E
L A
T E
D Operations Manager Date Issued 09/05/08 10/29/09 08:26:22 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT FNP-I-SOP-51.1 September 4,2008 Version 27.0 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-I-SOP-51.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-O-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued __
-"0'-"-9:...>10=5"-'/0=8'--__
S A
F E
T Y
R E
L A
T E
D
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP1-SOP-51.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 9
Page 1 of I Version 27.0 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-I-SOP-SI.I TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body.......................................................... 9 Page 1 of 1 Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UISIIT I SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas decay tank release.
4.2 Radiation monitor R-14 check.
2.0 Initial Conditions 1
The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per system check list FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
QZ) 2.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-I-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
6 The gas decay tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-I -SOP-5 1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 27.0 10129/0908:26:22 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-51. 1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECA Y TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas decay tank release.
4.2 Radiation monitor R-14 check.
2.0 Initial Conditions e:JJ ~
1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
e:JJ5z.4 e:JJ~5 e:JJ~.6 e:JJ~7 (OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per system check list FNP-1-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-I-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
The gas decay tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-I-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-I -.SOP-5 1.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 iF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-14s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tanks contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive poils one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9. 1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 27.0 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R -14, R -14' s alarm, or R -14' s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODeM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.0 Instructions GDT OUTLET GDT INLET GDT BANK GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE I
A 1 -GWD-V-7823A I -GWD-V-7820A I -GWD-V-78 18 1 -GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19A)/
(Q1G22V025A)
(Q1G22V029)
(Q1G22V017) V 2
A I -GWD-V-7823B I -GWD-V-7820B I -GWD-V-78 18 1 -GWD-V-7825 (QIG22VO19B)J (Q1G22V025B) f (Q1G22V029) /
(Q1G22V017) V 3
A I -GWD-V-7823C I -GWD-V-7820C I -GWD-V-78 18 1 -GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO 19C) V (Q1 G22V025C)I (Q1G22V029)
(QI G22V0 17) V 4
B 1-GWD-V-7833A 1-GWD-V-7830A I-GWD-V-7828 1-GWD-V-7835 (QI G22V022A)
(Qi G22V026A) /
(QI G22V030)V (QI G22VO2O)-
5 B
I-GWD-V-7833B 1-GWD-V-7830B 1-GWD-V-7828 1-GWD-V-7835 (QI G22V022B) -
(QI G22V026B),
(Q1 G22V030) L/
(QI G22V020) 6 B
1-GWD-V-7833C 1-GWD-V-7830C 1-GWD-V-7828 1-GWD-V-7835 (Q1G22VO22C)v (Q1G22V026C)/
(Q1G22V030)\\-/
(Q1G22V020) V 7
SHUT-I -GWD-V-7886A 1 -GWD-V-7883A I -GWD-V-788 1 1 -GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q1G22VO74A)-
(Q1G22V085A)
(Q1G22V083) V (Q1G22V076)\\Z 8
SHUT-1-GWD-V-7886B 1-GWD-V-7883-1-GWD-V-7881 1-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q1G22V074B)
(Q1G22V085B)
(Q1G22V083)./
(Q1G22V076)
NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
- 1 4.1 WGDTNo.______ Release PemitNo.
I- (
[NOTE:
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
4.1.1 Veri ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
II 4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 Version 27.0 10129/09 08:26:22 FNP-l-S0P-51.1 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
4.1 WGDTNo.,3 ReleasePennitNo. <;;c)aIO CJ\\31- () la~\\- b NOTE:
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDTOUTLET GDTINLET GDTBANK GDTBANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A I-GWD-V-7823A I-GWD-V -7820A I-GWD-V-7818 I-GWD-V-7825 (QIG22VOI9A)J (QIG22V025A) v (QIG22V029) V (QIG22V017) V 2
A I-GWD-V-7823B I-GWD-V-7820B I-GWD-V-7818 I-GWD-V-7825 (QI G22VOI9B).I (QIG22V025B),(
(QIG22V029)./
(QIG22V017) V 3
A I-GWD-V -7823C I-GWD-V -7820C I-GWD-V-7818 I-GWD-V -7825 (QIG22VOI9C) r/
(QIG22V025C)J (Q 1 G22V029)./
(QIG22VOI7) V 4
B I-GWD-V-7833A I-GWD-V -7830A I-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V-7835 (QIG22V022A) v-(QIG22V026A) :/ (QIG22V030)V (QIG22V020)V 5
B I-GWD-V -7833B I-GWD-V -7830B I-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V-7835 (QIG22V022B)/
(QIG22V026B)v (QIG22V030)U (QIG22V020)V 6
B I-GWD-V-7833C I-GWD-V-7830C I-GWD-V-7828 I-GWD-V -7835 (QIG22V022C) /
(QIG22V026C) V (QIG22V030)V (QIG22V020)./
7 SHUT-I-GWD-V -788~~ I-GWD-V-7883A I-GWD-V-7881 I-GWD-V -7888 DOWN (QIG22V074A),
(Q 1 G22V085A) v (QIG22V083) V (QIG22V076)V 8
SHUT-I-GWD-V-7886B I-GWD-V-7883~ I-GWD-V-7881 I-GWD-V -788V DOWN (QIG22V074B) V""
(QIG22V085B)
(QIG22V083)./ (QIG22V076) Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.1.2 Verify recorder RRO 100 (points RR-14 or RR-22) in operation OR verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) system (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
4.1.3 For the operable Rad Monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22.
Setpoint
Background
R-14 t c) F) 4.1.4 Verify R-14 setpoint in step 4.1.3 is < setpoint on release permit Section II.
4.1.5 Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate C XTh.
1 4.1.6 Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve (Record TPNS from Table 2).
NOTE:
Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
NOTE:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-1-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
R-22 Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-l-S0P-51.1 Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
4.1.2 Verify recorder RROlOO (points RR-14 or RR-22) in operation OR verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) system (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
NOTE:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-I-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 For the operable Rad Monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22.
R-14 R-22 Setpoint
\\6=:)0 0 0 lS=Co
Background
IAOO 30 Verify R-14 setpoint in step 4.1.3 is < setpoint on release permit Section II.
Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate b L..{) 0 C2C).
Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve
_____________ (Record TPNS from Table 2). Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve (Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDT OUTLET GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE I
A 1-GWD-V-7823A 1-GWD-V-7825 (QIG22VO19A)
(QIG22VOI 7) 2 A
1-GWD-V-7823B 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VOI 9B)
(Q1G22VO 17) 3 A
1-GWD-V-7823C 1-GWD-V-7825 (Q1G22VO19C)
(Q1G22V017) 4 B
1-GWD-V-7833A 1-GWD-V-7835 (Qi G22V022A)
(QI G22V020) 5 B
1-GWD-V-7833B I-GWD-V-7835 (Q1G22V022B)
(Q1G22V020) 6 B
1-GWD-V-7833C 1-GWD-V-7835 (QI G22V022C)
(Qi G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 1-GWD-V-7886A 1-GWD-V-7888 (Q1G22V074A)
(QI G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 1-GWD-V-7886B 1-GWD-V-7888 (Q1G22V074B)
(QI G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant Vent Press. Regulator 1-GWD-V-7896 (Q1G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve I -GWD-V-7895 (Qi G22V089).
4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (Qi G22V207).
4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent l-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to OPEN.
4.1.13 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time Tank Press PSIG Version 27.0 10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve
_____________ (Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDTOUTLET GDTBANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A I-GWD-V-7823A I-GWD-V-7825 (Ql G22V019A)
(QIG22V017) 2 A
I-GWD-V -7823B I-GWD-V-7825 (QIG22V019B)
(QIG22V017) 3 A
I-GWD-V -7823C I-GWD-V-7825 (QIG22V019C)
(QIG22V017) 4 B
I-GWD-V -7833A I-GWD-V-7835 (QIG22V022A)
(Q 1 G22V020)_
5 B
I-GWD-V-7833B I-GWD-V -7835 (Q1G22V022B)
(QIG22V020) 6 B
I-GWD-V -7833C I-GWD-V -7835 (QIG22V022C)
(Q1G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN I-GWD-V -7886A I-GWD-V -7888 iQIG22V074A)
(Ql G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN I-GWD-V -7886B I-GWD-V -7888 (Q1G22V074B)
(QIG22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.10 4.1.11 4.1.12 4.1.13 4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant Vent Press. Regulator I-GWD-V-7896 (QIG22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
Unlock and open RCV -14 upstream isolation valve I-GWD-V -7895 (Q 1 G22V089).
Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (QIG22V207).
Tum gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to OPEN.
Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time _______ _
Tank Press _______ PSIG Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. TI, is not exceeded.)
4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease and no other tank pressure increases. Stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor if one of the above occurs.
4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I -GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (IHS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
4.1.17 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Stop Time Tank Press PSIG Final R-14 count rate CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (QI G22V207).
4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7895 (QI G22V089).
4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).
4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS). Version 27.0 10129/0908:26:22 4.1.14 4.1.15 4.1.16 4.1.17 4.1.18 4.1.19 4.1.20 4.1.21 FNP-1-S0P-51.1 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease and no other tank pressure increases. Stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor if one of the above occurs.
WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV -14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Stop Time _______ _
Tank Press ________ PSIG Final R-14 count rate _______ CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 1-GWD-V-7898 (Q1G22V207).
Close & lock RCV -14 upstream isolation valve I-GWD-V -7895 (Q 1 G22V089).
Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8
_____________ (Record TPNS).
Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7
____________ (Record TPNS). Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-1-SOP-51.1 4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RROI0O (points RRI4 and/or RR22) readings Q, record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Avg
__________________Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Avg
___________________Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-1-SOP-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV 1-GWD-V-7898 (Q1G22V207) is closed.
4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV 1-GWD-V-7895 (Q1G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 4.1.22 4.1.23 4.1.24 4.1.25 IV 4.1.26 IV FNP-I -SOP-51. I For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release ofR-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RROIOO (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Avg ________ RecorderlRMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Avg ________ Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator _______ _
Date _________ _
IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-1-S0P-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
Independently verify RCV -14 downstream isolation valve I-GWD-V -7898 (Q 1 G22V207) is closed.
Independently verify RCV -I 4 upstream isolation valve I -GWD-V -7895 (Q 1 G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 27.0
10/29/09 08:26:22 FNP-I -SOP-5 1.1 4.2 Radiation monitor R-14 check.
4.2.1 Veri RCV-14 isolation valves I-GWD-V-7895 (QIG22V089) and I-GWD-V-7898 (Q1G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I -GWD-RCV-1 4 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).
Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to iO cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 1O cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.3 j HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.4 Verify 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (IHS-014) for 1-GWD-RCV-14 (QI G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (1HS-014) to CLOSED.
4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7. Version 27.0 10/29/0908:26:22 FNP-I-S0P-51.1 Radiation monitor R -14 check.
4.2.1 Verify RCV -14 isolation valves I-GWD-V -7895 (Q I G22V089) and 1-GWD-V -7898 (Q 1 G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked NIA (NOT APPLICABLE).
- Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to lOs cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than lOs cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
c0t-4.2.4 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
c0t-4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
c0%
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
c0t-4.2.4.4 Verify 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) closes.
c0t-4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (1HS-014) for I-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
c0t-4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERA nON SELECTOR switch.
c0t-4.2.4.7 Place the OPERA nON SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
c0t-4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to CLOSED.
c0t-4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
c0%
4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7. Version 27.0
FNP-1 -SOP-5 1.1 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
4.2.5.2 Adjust A-I R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
4.2.5.3 Verify that 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (IHS-014) for 1-GWD-RCV-14 (QI G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened from the panel.
Adjust A-i R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 1-GWD-RCV-14 (Q1G22V206) handswitch (IHS-014) to CLOSED.
Adjust HIK-0 14 flow controller to 0%.
Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.0 References 5.1 P&ID
- D-175042 Shts 5 & 6
- Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FSAR VOL XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.4 FNP-ODCM, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (Corporate Documentum) 5.5 PCN 80-804 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 10/29/09 08:26:22 4.2.5 4.2.5.5 4.2.5.6 4.2.5.7 4.2.5.8 4.2.5.9 4.2.5. 10 Version 27.0 10/29/09 08:26:22 4.2.5 5.0 References FNP-I-SOP-51.l Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
4.2.5.2 Adjust A-I R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
4.2.5.3 Verify that I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (lHS-OI4) for I-GWD-RCV-14 (Ql G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened from the panel.
4.2.5.5 Adjust A-I R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERA nON SELECTOR switch.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPERA nON SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.5.8 Tum gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent I-GWD-RCV-14 (QIG22V206) handswitch (lHS-014) to CLOSED.
4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.1 P&ID - D-175042 Shts 5 & 6 - Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FSAR VOL XI Section 1l.3 and 11.4 5.4 FNP-ODCM, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (Corporate Documentum) 5.5 PCN 80-804 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 27.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 September 4, 2008 Version 23.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for)
T E
D Operations Manager Date Issued 09/05/08 10129/0914:55:18 F ARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-S0P-51.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECA Y TANK RELEASE PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 Continuous Use Reference Use Information Use Approved:
Jim L. Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued FNP-2-S0P-51.1 September 4, 2008 Version 23.0 SECTIONS ALL 09/05/08 S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 9
Page 1 of I Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body.......................................................... 9 Page 1 of 1 Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-5 1.1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-00I4 Check 2.0 Initial Conditions 1
The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 2.3 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
.4 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
.5 Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-SOP-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
.7 The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-SOP-5 1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-51. 1 WASTE GAS SYSTEM GAS DECAY TANK RELEASE 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions and Limitations, and Instructions for the release of a gas decay tank to the vent stack. Instructions are included in the following sections.
4.1 Gas Decay Tank Release 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-0014 Check 2.0 Initial Conditions o ~.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
04-;.4 0A-;.5 0A-;.6 04-;.7 (OR 1-98-498)
This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per System Check List FNP-2-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
Radiation monitor(s) R-14, OR (R-21 and R-22) are in service per FNP-2-S0P-45.0, RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.
The Gas Decay Tank to be released has been sampled and an approved gaseous waste release permit has been issued.
The Waste Gas System is NOT in operation, per FNP-2-S0P-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R-14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-l4s alarm, or R-14s automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODCM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tanks contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9. 1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Radiation monitor R -14 must be frequently observed during the release of radioactive gas to assure that the count rate is not approaching R-14 setpoint as stated on the release permit.
3.2 IF R-14 becomes inoperable while discharging gaseous waste to the vent stack, THEN discharge shall be stopped immediately and the Shift Supervisor notified.
3.3 IF either R-14, R-14's alarm, or R-14's automatic termination of release function is inoperable, THEN with the Shift Supervisors permission the release may continue provided ODeM action requirements are met.
3.4 Once a gas decay tank has been isolated for sampling purposes, prior to discharging to the vent stack, the tank shall remain in an isolated condition to prevent the introduction of any gas which could alter the concentration of the tank's contained volume.
3.5 When a high alarm is initiated on channel R-14, ARDA may start (two consecutive polls one minute apart) and the Shift Radiochemist must be notified to stop the automated dose assessment per FNP-0-EIP-9.1, AUTOMATED DOSE ASSESSMENT METHOD, if ARDA is not required. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample I
panel after sample has been taken.
4.1 WGDTNo. 3 ReleasePermitNo.
DflOI( -Ol
I NOTE:
Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 maybe performed in any order.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GDT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GDT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE I GDT OUTLET GDT INLET GDT BANK GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7820A 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 1 9A)7 (Q2G22V025A)
(Q2G22V029) i (Q2G22V0 I 7)V 2
A 2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V-7820B 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019B)J (Q2G22V025B)f (Q2G22V029)/
(Q2G22V017)j7 3
A 2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V-7820C 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C) V (Q2G22V025C>J (Q2G22VO29)
(Q2G22V017)V 4
B 2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V-7830A 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)
(Q2G22V026A)/
(Q2G22VO3Oy/
(Q2G22VO2Ofr 5
B 2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7830B 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)
(Q2G22V026B)\\,
(Q2G22V030)LJ (Q2G22V020)L-6 B
2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7830C 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22VO22C)v (Q2G22V026C)L/
(Q2G22V030)\\-/
(Q2G22V020)/
7 SHUT-2-GWD-V-7886A 2-GWD-V-7883A 2-GWD-V-788 1 2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q2G22VO74A)
(Q2G22V085A)
(Q2G22V083)/
(Q2G22VO76)Z 8
SHUT-2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7883-2-GWD-V-7881 2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q2G22V074B)
(Q2G22V085B)
(Q2G22V083) L/
(Q2G22V076) 4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows: Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
Initial each step as completed. Instructions for completion of gaseous waste release permit are specified in FNP-O-CCP-213, GASEOUS WASTE RELEASE PROGRAM.
CAUTION:
Ensure counting room technician isolates waste gas tank from sample panel after sample has been taken.
4.1 WGOTNo. '3 Release Permit No. q -dDI 00 I~( - () \\o31-~
NOTE:
NOTE:
GDT 1
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 Steps 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 may be performed in any order.
4.1.1 Verify ALL the gas decay tanks isolated as follows:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to isolate the respective GDT.
4.1.1.1 Verify Closed GOT inlet & outlet valves.
4.1.1.2 Verify Closed GOT bank inlet & outlet valves.
TABLE 1 GDTOUTLET GDTINLET GDTBANK GDTBANK BANK VALVE VALVE INLET VALVE OUTLET VALVE A
2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V -7820A 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A)JI' (Q2G22V025A) v (Q2G22V029) V (Q2G22V017)V A
2-GWD-V -7823B 2-GWD-V -7820B 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22VO 19B)J (Q2G22V025B),/
(Q2G22V029)./
(Q2G22V017)V A
2-GWD-V -7823C 2-GWD-V -7820C 2-GWD-V-7818 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22V019C) 0/
(Q2G22V025C)J (Q2G22V029)./
(Q2G22V017)V B
2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V -7830A 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V -7835 (Q2G22V022A) v (Q2G22V026A) /"
(Q2G22V030)/
(Q2G22V020Y B
2-GWD-V -7833B 2-GWD-V-7830B 2-GWD-V -7828 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)./
(Q2G22V026B)v (Q2G22V030)U (Q2G22V020)V.
B 2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V -7830C 2-GWD-V-7828 2-GWD-V -7835 (Q2G22V022C)/ (Q2G22V026C)v (Q2G22V030)V (Q2G22V020)./
SHUT-2-GWD-V -7886A 2-GWD-V-7883A 2-GWD-V -7881 2-GWD-V-7888 DOWN (Q2G22V074A)~ (Q2G22V085A)V (Q2G22V083) V (Q2G22V076)V SHUT-2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7883V 2-GWD-V-7881 2-GWD-V -788V DOWN (Q2G22V074B) \\./"
(Q2G22V085B)
(Q2G22V083) J (Q2G22V076) Version 23.0
10129109 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 NOTE:
Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
4.1.2 Verify recorder RROIOO (point RR14 or R2) in operation Q verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
NOTE:
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
4.1.3 For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22.
ILL Verify setpoints in step 4.1.3 are setpoint on release permit Section II.
Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate 7 E-3. cm C) Cm Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure.
R-l4 R-22 Setpoint
\\L7I
Background
4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 Version 23.0 10/29/0914:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 NOTE:
Refer to FNP-ODCM, OFF SITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL for release limitations with R-14 out of service.
4.1.2 Verify recorder RR0100 (point RR14 or RR22) in operation OR verify that the Rad Met Data Acquisition (RMDA) System (for point R-14 or R-22) is operable.
The setpoint for R-14 and R-22 can be obtained from FNP-2-CCP-213.1, GASEOUS EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM SETPOINTS.
4.1.3 For the operable rad monitor(s) read and record actual setpoint and background on R-14 and/or R-22.
4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 R-14 R-22 Setpoint
\\ L~ 1; 71
)
/L-\\3
Background
3D b Verify setpoints in step 4.1.3 are:S setpoint on release permit Section II.
Establish dilution flow rate, as stated in gaseous waste release permit, Section 2 and record actual flow rate -=1 6) 0 (J C)
Perform test on process radiation monitor R-14 per section 4.2 of this procedure. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.l NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.
(Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDT OUTLET GDT BANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 1 9A)
(Q2G22V0 17) 2 A
2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V0 I 9B)
(Q2G22V0 17) 3 A
2-GWD-V-7823C 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019C)
(Q2G22V01 7) 4 B
2-GWD-V-7833A 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022A)
(Q2G22V020) 5 B
2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)
(Q2G22V020) 6 B
2-GWD-V-7833C 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022C)
(Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074A)
(Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886B 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074B)
(Q2G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.9.1 RCV-14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV-14).
4.1.10 Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
4.1.11 Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
4.1.12 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN. Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 NOTE:
Perform the following steps in conjunction with Table 1 to determine the valves required to align the respective gas decay tank for discharge.
4.1.7 Open gas decay tank outlet valve.
___________ (Record TPNS from Table 2).
4.1.8 Open gas decay tank bank outlet valve.
___________ (Record TPNS from Table 2).
TABLE 2 GDTOUTLET GDTBANK GDT BANK VALVE OUTLET VALVE 1
A 2-GWD-V-7823A 2-GWD-V-7825 (Q2G22V019A)
(Q2G22V017) 2 A
2-GWD-V-7823B 2-GWD-V -7825 (Q2G22V019B)
(Q2G22V017) 3 A
2-GWD-V -7823C 2-GWD-V-7825 iQ2G22V019C~
_(Q2G22V017) 4 B
2-GWD-V -7833A 2-GWD-V -7835 (Q2G22V022A)
(Q2G22V020) 5 B
2-GWD-V-7833B 2-GWD-V-7835 (Q2G22V022B)
(Q2G22V020) 6 B
2-GWD-V -7833C 2-GWD-V -7835 (Q2G22V022C)
(Q2G22V020) 7 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V-7886A 2-GWD-V-7888 (Q2G22V074A)
(Q2G22V076) 8 SHUT-DOWN 2-GWD-V -7886B 2-GWD-V -7888 (Q2G22V074B)
(Q2G22V076) 4.1.9 Verify the following:
4.1.10 4.1.11 4.1.12 4.1.9.1 RCV -14 flow controller is at zero position.
4.1.9.2 Plant vent pressure regulator 2-GWD-V-7896 (Q2G22V205) is set for 15 psi. (located next to RCV -14).
Unlock and open RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089).
Open RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV -14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.1.13 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time Tank Press PSIG 4.1.14 Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
4.1.15 Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease Q, increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.
4.1.16 WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN turn the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
4.1.17 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Stop Time Tank Press PSIG Final R-14 count rate CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM 4.1.18 Close RCV-14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207).
4.1.19 Close & lock RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089). Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 4.1.13 4.1.14 4.1.15 4.1.16 4.1.17 4.1.18 4.1.19 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Start Time --------
Tank Press ________ PSIG Slowly open gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) using WASTE GAS DISCHARGE CONTROL HIK-014, and verify the following:
4.1.14.1 R-14 count rate is less than R-14 setpoint.
4.1.14.2 The pressure in GDT is decreasing at a rate that ensures the release of the entire tank will take greater than one hour.
(This ensures release rate specified on the Gaseous Waste Release Permit, Sec. II, is not exceeded.)
Monitor all gas decay tank pressures during the release. Ensure that only the tank which is being released exhibits a pressure decrease. IF any other tanks show a pressure decrease OR increase, THEN stop the release and notify the Shift Supervisor.
WHEN the desired gas decay tank pressure has been obtained, THEN tum the gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSE and position the controller to zero.
Record the following and notify the Shift Radiochemist:
Stop Time _______ _
Tank Press ________ PSIG Final R-14 count rate _______ CPM Final R-22 count rate CPM Close RCV -14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V -7898 (Q2G22V207).
Close & lock RCV -14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V -7895 (Q2G22V089). Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.1.20 Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8 (Record TPNS).
4.1.21 Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1.7 (Record TPNS).
4.1.22 For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release of R-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RRO 100 (points RR 14 and/or RR22) readings Q record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Average
__________________________Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Average
_____________________________Recorder/RMDA (circle one used) 4.1.23 Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator Date 4.1.24 IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-SOP-5 1.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
4.1.25 Independently verify RCV-14 downstream isolation valve IV 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.
4.1.26 Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve IV 2GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 4.1.20 4.1.21 4.1.22 4.1.23 4.1.24 4.1.25 IV 4.1.26 IV FNP-2-S0P-51.l Close gas decay tank bank outlet valve from step 4.1.8
_____________ (Record TPNS).
Close gas decay tank outlet valve from step 4.1. 7
_____________ (Record TPNS).
For the operable rad monitor(s) record the average values during the release ofR-14 and/or R-22 from recorder RR0100 (points RR14 and/or RR22) readings OR record average value obtained from the RMDA system (points R-14 and/or R-22).
R-14 Average ____________ Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
R-22 Average ____________ Recorder/RMDA (circle one used)
Transfer required data to the release permit.
Operator _____________ _
Dffie _________________ _
IF necessary, THEN return waste gas system to operation per FNP-2-S0P-51.0, WASTE GAS SYSTEM.
Independently verify RCV -14 downstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V -7898 (Q2G22V207) is closed.
Independently verify RCV-14 upstream isolation valve 2-GWD-V -7895 (Q2G22V089) is closed & locked. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-51.1 4.2 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1 Verify RCV14 isolation valves 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) and 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities of RCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked N/A (NOT APPLICABLE).
Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to iO cpm. j the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 1O cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.4 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-l4 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWDRCV14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPETION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-0 14) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10 Proceedtostep4.1.7. Version 23.0 10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 Radiation Monitor R-14 Check 4.2.1 Verify RCV-14 isolation valves 2-GWD-V-7895 (Q2G22V089) and 2-GWD-V-7898 (Q2G22V207) are closed before performing this test.
4.2.2 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to OPEN.
4.2.3 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 100%.
NOTE:
- Either step 4.2.4 or step 4.2.5 may be utilized to satisfy the isolation capabilities ofRCV-14. Steps not required to be performed should be marked NIA (NOT APPLICABLE).
e:1Jt-e:1Jt-
~
e:1Jt-e:1Jt-e:1Jt-e:1Jt-e:1Jt-e:1Jt-e:1Jk-
- Step 4.2.4 will insert a signal approximately equal to 105 cpm. IF the current trip setpoint of RCV-14 is greater than 105 cpm, THEN guidance is provided to perform step 4.2.5.
4.2.4 Initiate HIGH ALARM on channel R-14 as follows:
4.2.4.1 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to PULSE CAL.
4.2.4.2 Verify HIGH ALARM is received.
4.2.4.3 IF HIGH ALARM is received, THEN proceed to step 4.2.4.4. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.2.5.
4.2.4.4 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.4.5 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that valve cannot be opened.
4.2.4.6 Reset HIGH ALARM using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.4.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.4.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.4.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.4.10 Proceed to step 4.1. 7. Version 23.0
10/29/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-SOP-5 1.1 4.2.5 Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
I&C 4.2.5.2 Adjust A-l R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
I&C 4.2.5.3 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.
I 4.2.5.5 Adjust A-i R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
I&C 4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR i&C switch.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
I&C 4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-0 14) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.0 References 5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 23.0 10129/09 14:55:18 FNP-2-S0P-51.1 0JS I&C
~
I&C rvR
~
~
rvR rvR 5.0 4.2.5 References Initiate high alarm on channel R-14 by having I&C insert a test signal as follows:
4.2.5.1 Place the operation selector to LEVEL CAL.
4.2.5.2 Adjust A-I R3 clockwise to the alarm setpoint.
4.2.5.3 Verify 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) closes.
4.2.5.4 Operate handswitch (2HS-014) for 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) from WGP to verify that the valve cannot be opened.
4.2.5.5 Adjust A-I R3 counter-clockwise to its minimum position.
4.2.5.6 Reset the high alarm using the OPERATION SELECTOR switch.
4.2.5.7 Place the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to OPERATE.
4.2.5.8 Turn gas decay tank discharge valve to plant vent 2-GWD-RCV-14 (Q2G22V206) handswitch (2HS-014) to CLOSED 4.2.5.9 Adjust HIK-014 flow controller to 0%.
4.2.5.10 Proceed to step 4.1.7.
5.1 P&ID, D-205042, sheets 5 and 6, Waste Processing System 5.2 Westinghouse System Description SD-ALA-409 5.3 FNP-ODCM, OFFSITE DOSE CALCULATION MANUAL (Corporate Documentum) 5.4 FSAR Vol. XI Section 11.3 and 11.4 5.6 FNP-0-CCP-213 Version 23.0
FNPHLT-33NRCexamJPMj.
Page 1 of6
- j. In Plant JPM SO-314A TITLE: Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT X
SOCT X
OLT X
LOCT X
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH X
TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
1.
This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit I numbers: Unit I numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
2.
Pictures are to be given to the applicant at element 5 for operating the TDAFW Pump steam admission valves, to preclude a Main Steam Valve Room entry which would be risk significant to plant operation.
3.
Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-1 [2]-SOP-22.0:
Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power to establish a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of 100 psig greater than SG pressure.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 11 Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 NRC exam JPM j.
- j. In Plant JPM SO-314A TITLE: Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT ~
SOCT ~
OLT ~
LOCT X Page 1 of 6 ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM ~
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH ~
TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1. This JPM may be performed on either unit. Unit Two values, when different, are in brackets after the Unit 1 numbers: Unit 1 numbers [Unit 2 numbers].
- 2. Pictures are to be given to the applicant at element 5 for operating the TDAFW Pump steam admission valves, to preclude a Main Steam Valve Room entry which would be risk significant to plant operation.
- 3. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-l[2]-SOP-22.0:
Locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power to establish a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of ~ 100 psig greater than SG pressure.
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-30 1-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.
b.
The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.
c.
All SGs are intact and SG pressure is currently 980 psig.
d.
SG pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP-22.0 Appendix I.
g.
An additional individual is available, and a 12 adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
- 1.
Using the manual operator on the valve, Manual operator engaged and S / U Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE valve manual operator turned in VLV, Q1[2]N12MOV3406.
the clockwise direction to close the valve.
(if electrical closure is attempted then CUE: Valve will not move) when closed manually, then CUE:
MOV 3406 is closed
- 2.
If TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Checks overspeed linkage.
S / U Q1[2]N12M0V3406, overspeed linkage is (CUE: M0V3406 overspeed tripped, THEN reset linkage, linkage is tripped. Trip arm has moved to the extreme right position.)
Candidate Resets TDAFWP overspeed trip linkage by pushing toward M0V3406 until held in place by trip lever.
(CUE: Linkage is reset).
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
- a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.
- b. The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.
- d.
SG pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
- e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
- f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP-22.0 Appendix 1.
- g.
An additional individual is available, and a 12" adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
- h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 1.
- 2.
START TIME Using the manual operator on the valve, Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Ql[2]NI2MOV3406.
IfTDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Ql [2]N12MOV3406, overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN reset linkage.
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Manual operator engaged and S / U valve manual operator turned in the clockwise direction to close the valve.
(if electrical closure is attempted then CUE: Valve will not move) when closed manually, then CUE:
MOV 3406 is closed Checks overspeed linkage.
S / U (CUE: MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped. Trip arm has moved to the extreme right position.)
Candidate Resets TDAFWP overspeed trip linkage by pushing toward MOV3406 until held in place by trip lever.
(CUE: Linkage is reset).
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
RESULTS:
(CIRCLE) 3.
Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP iSO Q1[2]N12HV3226.
4.
Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1[2]N12HV3226, jacking device fully out.
5.
Describes approximate location in MSVR of the steam supply to the TDAFWP valves:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG Ql[2]N12HV3235A
{Q1[2]NI2VOOIA}. (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1C SG Q1{2]N12HV3235B
{Q1[2]N12VOOIB}. (127 MSVR)
- 6.
Jacks open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG QI [2]N12HV3235A
{Q1[2]N12VOOIA}. (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IC SG Qi[2]N12HV3235B
{Q1[2]NI2VOOIB}. (127 MSVR)
Checks HV3226 Valve Position.
(CUE: HV3226 is OPEN.)
Shuts air isolation valve and opens petcock on air supply regulator to fail open.
(CUE: Air isolation is shut.
Petcock on regulator is open).
Turns HV3226 Manual jacking S / U device counterclockwise and verifies in the fully-backed-out position.
(CUE: Manual jacking device on HV-3226 Fully backed out).
States that the HV3235A is in the S / U B Main Steam Bay, and HV3235B is in the C Main Steam Bay.
Manual operators turned clockwise S I U to line up operator and valve stem pin holes, pin inserted, and the handwheel turned counter clockwise to jack open the valves.
(CUE: HV3235A and HV3235B are jacked open).
S/U NOTE:
ENTRY INTO MSVR IS NOT ALLOWED DUE TO PLANT CONDITIONS AND RISK SIGNIFICANCE. THE APPLICANT MUST SUCCESSFULLY DESCRIBE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE STEAM ADMISSION VALVES AND THEIR MANUAL OPERATION TN THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
PICTURES FOR THE TDAFW PUMP STEAM ADMISSION VALVES ARE TO BE GIVEN TO THE APPLICANT WHEN THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION IN THE MSVR HAS BEEN DESCRIBED.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 3.
- 4.
Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Ql[2]NI2HV3226.
Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Ql [2]NI2HV3226, jacking device fully out.
STANDARDS:
Checks HV3226 Valve Position.
(CUE: HV3226 is OPEN.)
Shuts air isolation valve and opens petcock on air supply regulator to fail open.
(CUE: Air isolation is shut.
Petcock on regulator is open).
Turns HV3226 Manual jacking device counterclockwise and verifies in the fully-backed-out position.
(CUE: Manual jacking device on HV -3226 Fully backed out).
Page 3 of6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S I U S I U NOTE:
ENTRY INTO MSVR IS NOT ALLOWED DUE TO PLANT CONDITIONS AND RISK SIGNIFICANCE. THE APPLICANT MUST SUCCESSFULLY DESCRIBE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE STEAM ADMISSION VALVES AND THEIR MANUAL OPERA nON IN THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
- 5.
- 6.
PICTURES FOR THE TDAFW PUMP STEAM ADMISSION VALVES ARE TO BE GIVEN TO THE APPLICANT WHEN THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION IN THE MSVR HAS BEEN DESCRIBED.
Describes approximate location in MSVR of the steam supply to the TDAFWP valves:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SG Ql [2]NI2HV3235A
{Ql[2]NI2VOOIA}. (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1 C SG Ql[2]NI2HV3235B
{Ql [2]NI2VOOIB}. (127' MSVR)
Jacks open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SG Ql[2]NI2HV3235A
{QI [2]NI2VOOIA}. (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1 C SG Ql[2]NI2HV3235B
{QI [2]NI2VOOIB}. (127' MSVR)
States that the HV3235A is in the B Main Steam Bay, and HV3235B is in the C Main Steam Bay.
Manual operators turned clockwise to line up operator and valve stem pin holes, pin inserted, and the handwheel turned counter-clockwise to jack open the valves.
(CUE: HV3235A and HV3235B are jacked open).
S/U S I U
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE) 7.
Establish communications between the Communications established S / U TDAFWP room and the Main Control between the TDAFWP and Main Room.
Control Room.
8.
Inform the Control Room Operator starting Informs the Control Room S I U the TDAFWP.
Operator starting the TDAFWP.
(CUE: Control Room acknowledges starting the TDAFWP).
NOTE: Control of the TDAFW pump in the next step will depend on available indication. Speed indication is NOT available due to the loss of power. SG pressure is the only available parameter for establishing AFW flow rate, and is currently 980 psig.
(CUE IF REQUIRED: SPEED INDICATION INDICATES 0 RPM.)
- 9 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling Manual operator slowly throttled S / U open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV open to establish TDAFWP Q1[2]N12M0V3406 to establish one of the discharge pressure at 1080 psig on following conditions based on available PI-3222B.
indicators (only available indicators listed (CUE: M0V3406 throttled for JPM):
open, TDAFW pump discharge Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure is 1080 psig).
pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB).
(PI-3222B in area outside wall of MDAFWP room)
STOP TIME Terminate when examinee establishes a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of 100 psig greater than SG pressure.
CUE: Another operator will continue with this task.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- 7.
- 8.
Establish communications between the TDAFWP room and the Main Control Room.
Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
STANDARDS:
Communications established between the TDAFWP and Main Control Room.
Informs the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
(CUE: Control Room acknowledges starting the TDAFWP).
Page 4 of6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
S / U S / U NOTE: Control of the TDAFW pump in the next step will depend on available indication. Speed indication is NOT available due to the loss of power. SG pressure is the only available parameter for establishing AFW flow rate, and is currently 980 psig.
(CUE IF REQUIRED: SPEED INDICATION INDICATES 0 RPM.)
- 9.
Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q1 [2]N12MOV3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators (only available indicators listed for JPM):
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB).
(PI-3222B in area outside wall of MDAFWP room)
STOP TIME Manual operator slowly throttled open to establish TDAFWP discharge pressure at 1080 psig on PI-3222B.
(CUE: MOV3406 throttled open, TDAFW pump discharge pressure is 1080 psig).
S / U Terminate when examinee establishes a TDAFW pump discharge pressure of ~ 100 psig greater than SG pressure.
CUE: Another operator will continue with this task.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
Page 5 of 6 GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-1-SOP-22.0, Version 63.0 2.
FNP-2-SOP-22.0, Version 61.0 3.
K/A 061A2.02 RO-3.2 SRO-3.6 06lA2.03 RO-3.1 SRO-3.4 061A2.04 RO-3.4 SRO-3.8 061A2.07 RO-3.4 SRO-3.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EOUIPMENT:
Adjustable wrench ?12 OR Channel lock pliers :10 Flashlight Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT Evaluation 1-2 Critical Task completion: required to allow opening the Trip Throttle Valve.
3 NOT Critical Valve is already failed open and will remain open whether this step is performed or not.
4 NOT Critical Jacking device is normally backed all the way out, and manipulation of this component is not required, even though it is checked.
5 NOT Critical Knowledge of the exact location of the valves in the MSVR not required.
Ability to locate the valves would only be required if access to the MSVR was permitted.
6 Critical Task completion: required to admit steam to run the TDAFWP.
7, 8 NOT Critical Task would be completed successfully without performing these actions.
9 Critical Task completion: required to turn the TDAFWP at operating speed.
COMMENTS:
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Page 5 of 6
- 1.
FNP-l-S0P-22.0, Version 63.0
- 2.
FNP-2-S0P-22.0, Version 61.0
- 3.
KIA 061A2.02 061A2.03 061A2.04 061A2.07 RO-3.2 RO-3.l RO-3.4 RO-3.4 SRO-3.6 SRO-3.4 SRO-3.8 SRO-3.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Adjustable wrench 2':12" OR Channel lock pliers 2':10" Flashlight Critical ELEMENT justification:
ELEMENT 1-2 3
4 5
6 7,8 9
Evaluation Critical Task completion: required to allow opening the Trip Throttle Valve.
NOT Critical Valve is already failed open and will remain open whether this step is performed or not.
NOT Critical Jacking device is normally backed all the way out, and manipulation of this component is not required, even though it is checked.
NOT Critical Knowledge of the exact location of the valves in the MSVR not required. Ability to locate the valves would only be required if access to the MSVR was permitted.
Critical Task completion: required to admit steam to run the TDAFWP.
NOT Critical Task would be completed successfully without performing these actions.
Critical Task completion: required to tum the TDAFWP at operating speed.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Page 1 of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because of the loss of control power to the pump.
b.
The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.
c.
All SGs are intact and SG pressure is currently 980 psig.
d.
SO pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP 22.0 Appendix 1.
g.
An additional individual is available, and a 12 adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
h.
A pre-job brief is not required.
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to locally operate the TDAFWP following a loss of control power. The task is to be performed under the following conditions:
- a.
The Plant is currently experiencing a sustained loss of all AC Power and control of the TDAFWP is no longer possible from the Control Room because ofthe loss of control power to the pump.
- b. The TDAFW Pump is currently NOT running and needs to be started.
- d.
SO pressure is the only control room indication available for the purpose of establishing AFW flow rate.
- e.
Discharge pressure indication for the TDAFW Pump is the only available local indication for the pump.
- f.
You have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to operate the TDAFWP locally using SOP-22.0 Appendix I.
- g. An additional individual is available, and a 12" adjustable wrench and flashlight have been obtained.
- h. A pre-job brief is not required.
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 September 10, 2009 Version 63.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-1 -SOP-22.0 S
A F
E T
Y AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued October 21, 2009 10/27/09 16:03:55 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-1-S0P-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM FNP-1-S0P-22.0 September 10, 2009 Version 63.0 S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued October 21, 2009
10/27/09 16 03 55 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 18 Appendix A 2
Appendix B 2
Appendix C 2
AppendixD 3
AppendixE 8
Appendix F 14 AppendixG 5
Appendix H 4
Appendix I 9
AppendixJ 4
Appendix K 3
AppendixL 3
AppendixM 3
Figure 2 I
Figure 3 Page 1 of I Version 63.0 10127/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body........................................................ 18 Appendix A............................................... 2 Appendix B............................................... 2 Appendix C............................................... 2 Appendix D............................................... 3 Appendix E............................................... 8 Appendix F.............................................. 14 Appendix G............................................... 5 Appendix H............................................... 4 Appendix I................................................ 9 Appendix J................................................ 4 Appendix K............................................... 3 Appendix L............................................... 3 Appendix M.............................................. 3 Figure 2..................................................... 1 Figure 3..................................................... 1 Page 1 of 1 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation of the Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of IA(IB) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of 1A(IB) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup of TDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown of TDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of MDAFWPs.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of TDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 1A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the lB MDAFWP.
4.12 Operation of AFW Stop Valves Version 63.0 10/27/0916:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 1.0 Purpose FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDW A TER SYSTEM This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation ofthe Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of lA(1B) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of lA(lB) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup ofTDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown ofTDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofMDAFWP's.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofTDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 1A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 1B MDAFWP.
4.12 Operation of AFW Stop Valves Version 63.0
10/27/09 16 03 55 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 Appendix A Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Appendix B Termination of IA MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix C Termination of lB MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix D Termination of TDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix E Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Appendix F Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Appendix G Slow Start of TDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFWP Stm Supply Valves.
Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT AND FILL Appendix K Venting and Filling of A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling of B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling of TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Figure 3 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Version 63.0 1012710916:03:55 Appendix A AppendixB Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F FNP-1-S0P-22.0 Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Termination of 1 A MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Termination of IB MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Termination ofTDAFWP Steam Binding.
Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Appendix G Slow Start ofTDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFWP Stm Supply Valves.
Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT AND FILL Appendix K Venting and Filling of 'A' MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling of 'B' MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling of TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Figure 3 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-I-SOP-3 1.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-1 -SOP-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-1-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-1-SOP-17.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (not necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 41 60V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does not meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should not normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back-leakage thru the check valves. IF AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 63.0 10/27/0916:03:55 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-1-S0P-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-I-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HV AC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-I-SOP-17.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SO blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (not necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 4160V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does not meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should not normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back-leakage thru the check valves. IF AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWPs on trip of both SGFPs, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-1 -UOP-1.2 and FNP-1 -UOP-2. 1 for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1, 2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation, the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.10 Do not run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.11 if Q1N12HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SGs.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental Supervisor to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.16 no indication is present for Q1N12M0V3406, TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (JR 2-95-340) Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWP's on trip of both SOFP's, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-I-UOP-l.2 and FNP-I-UOP-2.1 for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1,2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation, the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.10 Do not run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.11 IF QINI2HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SO's.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental Supervisor to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.16 IF no indication is present for QINI2MOV3406, TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VL V, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (IR 2-95-340) Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#32721) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.18.1 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 1/3 steam generators) and no LOSP.
3.18.2 Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
3.18.3 An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal 3.18.4 An LOSP sequencer signal 3.18.5 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.19.1 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
3.19.2 Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses) 3.19.3 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for 260 sec) 3.20 In order for the OPEN signal to seal in, the handswitches for TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB(1C) SG, Q1N12HV3235A(B), must be held in the START position until the valves are fully open. The OPEN signal will seal in on Q1N12HV3226, TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, as soon as it clears its closed limit switch.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(A12009202698). Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:03:55 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#32721) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.18.1 3.18.2 3.18.3 3.18.4 3.18.5 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 113 steam generators) and no LOSP.
Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal An LOSP sequencer signal AMSAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for ~ 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.19.1 3.19.2 3.19.3 A steam generator Lo-Lo level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses)
AM SAC (2/3 steam generators < 10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 for ~ 260 sec) 3.20 In order for the OPEN signal to seal in, the handswitches for TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB(1C) SG, QINI2HV3235A(B), must be held in the START position until the valves are fully open. The OPEN signal will seal in on QIN12HV3226, TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, as soon as it clears it's closed limit switch.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(AI2009202698). Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed by Date Verified by:
Date Reviewed by:
Date This appendix consists of 9 pages Version 63.0 10/27/0916:05:24 Completed by Verified by:
Reviewed by:
APPENDIX I TDAFWP FNP-1-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I OPERA nON WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Date ----------------------
Date ----------------------
Date ----------------------
This appendix consists of 9 pages Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
2.4 At least one team of 2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench 12 OR Channel lock pliers 10 Flashlight Page 1 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/0916:05:24 1.0 Purpose APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERA nON WITHOUT CONTROL POWER FNP-1-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
2.4 At least one team of2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench 2':12" OR Channel lock pliers 2':10" Flashlight Page 1 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
- TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB and IC SG, Q1N12HV3235A&B (Q1N12VOO1A&B) fail closed TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1N12HV3226 fails open The TDAFWP governor fails to maximum speed position
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV QINI2MOV34O6 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB and IC SG Q1N12HV3235A&B (Q1NI2VOOIA&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
- TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1N12HV3226 fails open Page 2 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
- The TDAFWP governor fails to maximum speed position
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV QINI2MOV3406 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air
- TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB and IC SO QINI2HV3235A&B (QIN12VOOIA&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
10/27/09 16 05 24 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 APPENDIX I 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV Q1N12M0V3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, QINI2MOV34O6.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted, the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
(127 MSVR)
(127 MSVR) 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
Page 3 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 4.0 Instructions FNP-1-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I NOTE:
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV QIN12MOV3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, QIN12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12MOV3406.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted, the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
(127' MSVR)
(127' MSVR) 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
Page 3 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16 05 24 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 APPENDIX I NOTES:
The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q1N12M0V3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-341 1A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB).
(PI-3222B on outside wall of A MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge of TDAFWP. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q1N12M0V3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 4 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05 :24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I NOTES:
- The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
- Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV QIN12MOV3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-3411A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB). (PI -3222B on outside wall of' A' MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge ofTDAFWP. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, QIN12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, QINI2MOV3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 4 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C Q pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SGs as directed by control room.
(127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO IA SG Q1N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO lB SG Q1N23HV3228B e
TDAFWP TO 1C SG Q1N23HV3228C NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.10.1 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB) 4.10.2 Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
4.10.3 Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is not in alarm.
4.10.4 Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed.
(MCB)
Page 5 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/0916:05:24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C OR pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SGs as directed by control room.
(127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 1A SG Q1N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 1B SG Q1N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 1C SG Q1N23HV3228C NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.10.1 4.10.2 4.10.3 4.10.4 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB)
Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q1N12MOV3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is not in alarm.
Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed.
(MCB)
Page 5 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-1-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should not be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs.
4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of TDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VLV AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear.
4.11.2 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
4.11.3 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1 C SG, Q1N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
4.11.4 IFTDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235A (Q IN I 2V001 A-A) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235A
[1 Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
4.11.5 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IC 5G. Q1N12HV32358 (Q1N12VOOIB-B) is jacked open
, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG, Q1N12HV3235B
[] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[1 Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ J Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Page 6 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should not be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs.
4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control ofTDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 4.11.2 4.11.3 4.11.4 4.11.5 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VL V AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear.
Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 1 B SG, QIN12HV3235A126 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM I C SG, QIN12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SG, QINl2HV3235A (QINI2VOOIA-A) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SG, QIN12HV3235A
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lC SG, QIN12HV3235B (QINI2VOOIB-B) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SG, QIN12HV3235B
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Page 6 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following:
(127 MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO lB SG Q1N23HV3228B
- TDAFWP TO lC SG Q1N2311V3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
TDAFWP TO IC SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA (100% demand).
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD
- TDAFWP TO lB SG Q1N23HV3228B.
4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
4.12.5 Slowly close TDAFWP TO IA SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.6 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO IA SG, Q1N23HV3228A in the fully backed out position.
(127 MSVR) 4.12.7 Slowly close TDAFWP TO lB SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.8 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO lB SG, Q1N23HV3228B in the fully backed out position.
(127 MSVR)
Page 7 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05 :24 FNP-1-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.l2.l.l MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following:
(127' MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO 1A SO QIN23HV3228A
- TDAFWP TO IB SO QIN23HV3228B
- TDAFWP TO lC SO QIN23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD 4.12.4 4.12.5 4.12.6 4.12.7 4.12.8
- TDAFWP TO lA SO QIN23HV3228A.
- TDAFWP TO 1B SO QIN23HV3228B.
- TDAFWP TO 1C SO QIN23HV3228C.
Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
Slowly close TDAFWP TO IA SO FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 1A SO, Q1N23HV3228A in the fully backed out position.
(127' MSVR)
Slowly close TDAFWP TO 1B SO FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO I B SO, Q I N23HV3228B in the fully backed out position.
(127' MSVR)
Page 7 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-I -SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO IC SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 PlacethemanualjackforTDAFWPTO IC SG, Q1N23HV3228C in the fully backed out position.
(127 MSVR) 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SG levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 is fully backed out.
(100 TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q1N12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q1N12M0V3406 open.
IV 4.15 Independently Verify annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV not in alarm 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
IV MLB4I.3 MLB42.3 MLB43.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following:
(127 MSVR)
IV TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lB SG Q1N12HV3235A
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[] jacking device backed fully out
[1 pin inserted in jacking device TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IC SG Q1N12HV32358
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[1 jacking device backed fully out
[1 pin inserted in jacking device Page 8 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-l-S0P-22.0 IV APPENDIX I 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO lC SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO lC SG, QIN23HV3228C in the fully backed out position.
(127' MSVR) 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SG levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226 is fully backed out.
(100' TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO Q 1 N 12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, QIN12MOV3406 open.
4.15 Independently Verify annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV not in alarm IV IV 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
MLB 41.3 MLB 4 2.3 MLB 4 3.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following:
(127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM IB SG QIN12HV3235A
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM lC SG QIN12HV3235B
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device Page 8 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16 05 24 FNP-1-SOP-22 0 APPENDIX I 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
IV (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 1A SG, Q1N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO lB SG, Q1N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO IC SG, Q1N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226 IV is fully backed out.
(100 TDAFWP Room) 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q1N12HV3226.
IV 5.0 References 5.1 D175007 P&ID Aux. Feedwater System 5.2 D175033/2 P&ID
- Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems 5.3 D177188 Elementary Diagram Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Train C 5.4 D177 189 Elem Diag Turbine Driven Aux Feedwater Pump Train C 5.5 D177590/1 Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves SH 22 5.6 D177944 Single Line Diagram Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS 5.7 U 176873 Parts List for HV-3228-A-B-C 5.8 UI 76883 Outline & Dimensions for HV-3226 5.9 U 176884 Dimensional Drawing for HV-3228-A-B-C 5.10 U25921 8 Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram 5.11 U259384 3 600# Globe Valve (QIN12VOOIA & B) 5.12 U262093 Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine Drive Manual 5.13 U280317 Limitorque Valve Operator Instruction and Maintenance Manual 5.14 A 181010 Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System 5.15 NL-04-0287 Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1 and 2 Application for License Renewal December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information, February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative #166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 9 of 9 Version 63.0 10/27/09 16:05:24 FNP-I-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
IV (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO lA SG, QIN23HV3228A TDAFWP TO IB SG, QIN23HV3228B TDAFWP TO lC SG, QIN23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226 IV is fully backed out.
(100' TDAFWP Room)
IV 5.0 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, QIN12HV3226.
References 5.1 D175007 5.2 D175033/2 5.3 DI77188 5.4 DI77189 5.5 DI7759011 5.6 DI77944 5.7 U176873 5.8 U176883 5.9 U176884 5.10 U259218 5.11 U259384 5.12 U262093 5.13 U280317 5.14 A181010 5.15 NL-04-0287 P&ID - Aux. Feedwater System P&ID - Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems Elementary Diagram - Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Train "c" Elem Diag Turbine Driven Aux Feedwater Pump Train "c" Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves SH 22 Single Line Diagram Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS Parts List for HV-3228-A-B-C Outline & Dimensions for HV-3226 Dimensional Drawing for HV-3228-A-B-C Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram 3" 600# Globe Valve (QINI2VOOIA & B)
Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine Drive Manual Limitorque Valve Operator Instruction and Maintenance Manual Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, "Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1 and 2 Application for License Renewal-December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information," February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative #166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 9 of9 Version 63.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 September 24, 2009 Version 61.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-22.0 S
A F
E T
Y AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued:
October 21, 2009 10/27/0916:06:59 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-S0P-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM FNP-2-S0P-22.0 September 24, 2009 Version 61.0 S
A F
E T
Y R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued:
October 21, 2009
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 17 Appendix A 3
Appendix B 3
Appendix C 3
Appendix D 3
Appendix E 7
Appendix F 16 Appendix G 5
Appendix H 4
Appendix I 9
AppendixJ 4
Appendix K 3
AppendixL 3
AppendixM 3
Figure 1 Figure 2 1
Page 1 of I Version 61.0 10127/0916:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body........................................................ 17 Appendix A............................................... 3 Appendix B............................................... 3 Appendix C............................................... 3 Appendix D............................................... 3 Appendix E............................................... 7 Appendix F.............................................. 16 Appendix G............................................... 5 Appendix H............................................... 4 Appendix I...................................... 9 Appendix J....................................... 4 Appendix K...................................... 3 Appendix L...................................... 3 Appendix M...................................... 3 Figure 1..................................................... 1 Figure 2..................................................... 1 Page 1 of 1 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation of the Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of 2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of 2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup of TDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown of TDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of MDAFWPs.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation of TDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 2A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 2B MDAFWP. Version6l.0 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 1.0 Purpose FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-22.0 AUXILIARY FEEDW A TER SYSTEM This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations, and Instructions for operation of the Auxiliary Feedwater System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Remote Manual Startup of2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.2 Remote Manual Shutdown of2A(2B) MDAFWP.
4.3 Remote Manual Startup ofTDAFWP.
4.4 Remote Manual Shutdown ofTDAFWP.
4.5 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofMDAFWP's.
4.6 AFW System Operation After Automatic Actuation ofTDAFWP.
4.7 Aligning Service Water to the AFW System.
4.8 Condensate Storage Tank Feed and Bleed.
4.9 Resetting TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve.
4.10 Recirculating the CST Using the 2A MDAFWP.
4.11 Recirculating the CST Using the 2B MDAFWP. Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 Appendix A Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Appendix B Termination of 2A MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix C Termination of 2B MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix D Termination of TDAFWP Steam Binding.
Appendix E Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Appendix F Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Appendix G Slow Start of TDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Appendix H Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFW Steam Supply Valves.
Appendix I TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
Appendix J AFW SYSTEM VENT Appendix K Venting and Filling the A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix L Venting and Filling the B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling the TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 1 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Figure 2 Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Version 61.0 10/27/0916:06:59 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G AppendixH Appendix I Appendix J AppendixK Appendix L FNP-2-S0P-22.0 Operation of the AFW Check Valve Temperature Recorder.
Termination of 2A MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Termination of2B MDAFWP Steam Binding.
Termination ofTDAFWP Steam Binding.
Flushing AFW Pump Suction Piping.
Flushing SW and CST to the TDAFW Pump Piping.
Slow Start ofTDAFWP Following Maintenance.
Leak Check of Air Supply Lines to the TDAFW Steam Supply Valves.
TDAFWP Operation without Control Power.
AFW SYSTEM VENT Venting and Filling the A MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Venting and Filling the B MDAFW Pump after Maintenance Appendix M Venting and Filling the TDAFW Pump after Maintenance Figure 1 Figure 2 Taking Control of AFW flow after AFW Autostart Operator Aid To Reset TDAFWP Trip Throttle Valve Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-SOP-3 1.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-2-SOP-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-2-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-2-SOP-17.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position (NOT necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 41 60V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does NOT meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should NOT normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back leakage thru the check valves. IF AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-S0P-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
2.2 The compressed air system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-2-S0P-31.0, COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.3 The auxiliary feedwater system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per FNP-2-S0P-22.0, with exceptions noted.
2.4 The AFW pump room coolers are aligned for operation per FNP-2-S0P-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HV AC SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
2.5 Main steam is available and aligned per FNP-2-S0P-17.0, MAIN AND REHEAT STEAM, (only required for TDAFWP operation), with exceptions noted.
3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Anytime the MDAFW pumps AUTO start, the SG blowdown and sample valves will close automatically. Both handswitches must be taken to the STOP position iliOT necessarily at the same time) or control power cycled to the 4160V breaker before the valves can be opened.
3.2 Frequent starting may damage MDAFWP motors. Limit pump starts as follows:
3.2.1 Two successive starts from ambient temperature.
3.2.2 One start from rated temperature.
3.2.3 Subsequent starts: allow 30 minutes running time or 60 minutes idle time between starts.
3.3 The service water supply to the AFW pumps does NOT meet secondary makeup specifications and should only be used when required by emergency conditions.
3.4 The TDAFWP will reduce the plant heatup rate and should NOT normally be used during plant heatup.
3.5 High temperatures indicated between the AFW pumps and their associated discharge check valves may indicate back leakage thru the check valves. IF AFW pump steam binding is suspected, THEN Appendix B, C, or D should be performed as appropriate. Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWPs on trip of both SGFPs, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-2-UOP-1.2 and FNP-2-UOP-2. I for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1, 2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.10 Do NOT run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.11 IF Q2N12HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SGs.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental supervision to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.16 no indication is present for TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2NI 2MOV3406, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (IR 2-95-340) Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 3.6 Auto start of the MDAFWP's on trip of both SGFP's, may be defeated at the BOP using the AUTO-DEFEAT switches. Refer to FNP-2-UOP-l.2 and FNP-2-UOP-2.1 for AUTO-DEFEAT switch operation.
3.7 In operational modes 1,2 and 3, at least three independent steam generator auxiliary feedwater pumps and associated flow paths shall be operable with:
3.7.1 Two motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps each being powered from separate emergency buses, and 3.7.2 One turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump capable of being powered from its operable steam supply system.
3.8 The service water system shall be demonstrated operable at least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in accordance with the Technical Specifications whenever service water is the supply source for the AFW pumps.
3.9 During non-emergency operation the level in the CST should be maintained greater than 26 feet to prevent the ingress of oxygen to the CST.
3.1 0 Do NOT run the TDAFWP on miniflow only, for greater than 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> in any 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> period.
3.l1 IF Q2N12HV3226 leaks by, THEN the TDAFWP may be allowed to rotate as long as the shaft speed is greater than 200 rpm and proper oil levels are maintained.
3.12 TDAFWP UPS performance may be adversely affected if battery charger supply voltage drops below 178 volts.
3.13 Unless evaluated otherwise the TDAFWP Uninterruptible Power Supply should be treated as attendant equipment. When it is unavailable the TDAFWP should be considered inoperable.
3.14 During non-emergency operation, the AFW pump suction piping should be flushed and sampled prior to operation as required by Appendix E to minimize sodium introduction into the SG's.
3.15 IF a known primary to secondary leak exists, THEN notify the Counting Room or Environmental supervision to perform FNP-0-CCP-645 prior to running the TDAFWP.
3.16 IF no indication is present for TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VL V, Q2N12MOV3406, on the BOP or locally for reasons other than a blown bulb, THEN TDAFWP operability may be affected. (IR 2-95-340) Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#32721) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.18.1 A steam generator b-b level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 1/3 steam generators) and no LOSP.
3.18.2 Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
3.18.3 An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal 3.18.4 An LOSP sequencer signal 3.18.5 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on any one of the following:
3.19.1 A steam generator b-b level of 28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
3.19.2 Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses) 3.19.3 AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.20 TDAFW Steam supply valve operation on Unit 2 is as follows:
3.20.1 HV-3226, HV-3235A and HV-3235B open signals seal in as soon as they clear the closed limit switch. Therefore when securing the TDAFW pump on Unit 2, you must hold the handswitches to CLOSE until sufficient time has passed to allow valve closure.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(A12009202698). Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:06:59 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 3.17 Excessive feeding of the Steam Generators with the comparatively cold CST water can cause Reactor power to increase due to the decrease in RCS cold leg temperature. (Ref. Vogtle power increase event of 08-04-97, NRC event#32721) 3.18 MDAFW pumps will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.18.1 3.18.2 3.18.3 3.18.4 3.18.5 A steam generator 10-10 level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 1/3 steam generators) and no LOSP.
Both main feed pumps tripped and no LOSP.
An engineered safety feature (ESF) sequencer signal An LOSP sequencer signal AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.19 TDAFW pump will automatically start on anyone of the following:
3.19.1 3.19.2 3.19.3 A steam generator 10-10 level of28% (2/3 level instruments in 2/3 steam generators).
Undervoltage signal of 64.4% on RCP buses (blackout) (1/2 UV relays on 2/3 buses)
AMSAC (2/3 steam generators <10% level for 25 seconds; blocked when below C-20 after 260 sec) 3.20 TDAFW Steam supply valve operation on Unit 2 is as follows:
3.20.1 HV -3226, HV -3235A and HV -3235B open signals seal in as soon as they clear the closed limit switch. Therefore when securing the TDAFW pump on Unit 2, you must hold the handswitches to CLOSE until sufficient time has passed to allow valve closure.
3.21 Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug.
(AI2009202698). Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 Version 61.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNET 2 APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed By___________________________________________
Date Verification By___________________________________________
Date Reviewed By_____________________________________________
Date This appendix consists of 9 pages 10/27/0916:07:57 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 APPENDIX I FNP-2-S0P-22.0 Version 61.0 TDAFWP OPERA nON WITHOUT CONTROL POWER Completed By ________________ _
Date _______ _
Verification By ________________ _
Date _______ _
Reviewed By ________________ _
Date _______ _
This appendix consists of 9 pages
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance of this procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
2.4 At least one team of 2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench I2 OR Channel lock pliers I0 Flashlight 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
Page 1 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I TDAFWP OPERATION WITHOUT CONTROL POWER 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance for control of the TDAFWP by manually controlling TDAFWP steam supply valves, TDAFWP trip throttle valve, and TDAFWP flow control valves following a full or partial loss of control power.
2.0 Initial conditions 2.1 The version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
(OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This procedure has been verified to be the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498 2.3 The Shift Supervisor has determined emergency conditions require performance ofthis procedure to operate the TDAFWP due to a loss of control power to the TDAFWP or supporting components.
2.4 At least one team of2 individuals is assembled with the following tools:
Adjustable wrench 2':12" OR Channel lock pliers 2':10" Flashlight 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Exercise caution around hot steam piping.
3.2 TDAFWP control may become erratic when battery voltage is low.
3.3 A failure of the UPS could cause a sudden loss of control power.
3.4 The TDAFWP UPS and Auxiliary Building Batteries are required to supply loads for two (2) hours without battery chargers. When chargers are out of service for greater than two hours, indicators, annunciators, and controls, may become erratic or unreliable in the Main Control Room and TDAFWP room.
Page 1 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B and 2C SG, Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2N12VOOIA&B) fail closed
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q2N12MOV3406 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air
- TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B and 2C SG Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2N12VOO1A&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV Q2N I 2M0V3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SGs:
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2B SG, Q2N12HV3235A (Q2NI2V0001A-A). (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2C 5G. Q2N12HV3235B (Q2NI2V0001B-B). (127 MSVR)
Page 2 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 3.5 TDAFWP equipment fails as follows:
3.5.1 Loss of control power:
- The TDAFWP governor fails to maximum speed position
- TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VL V Q2Nl2MOV3406 fails as-is (motor operator and control supplied from same breaker) 3.5.2 Loss of air
- TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B and 2C SO Q2N12HV3235A&B (Q2NI2VOOIA&B) fail closed (Air accumulators designed to provide an air supply sufficient to hold valves open for two (2) hours.)
The following step is to prevent TDAFWP overspeed trip when opening steam supplies and may be omitted (with Shift Supervisor approval) if the TDAFWP is in operation.
4.1 Close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV Q2N12MOV3406 electrically or by using the manual operator. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped THEN perform the following. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.2.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406.
4.2.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.3 Fail open TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.4 Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 jacking device fully out.
NOTE:
If both steam generators are faulted the Shift Manager should determine the desired steam supply.
4.5 Jack open steam supply to the TDAFWP from all intact SOs:
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2B SO, Q2N12HV3235A (Q2NI2VOOOIA-A). (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPPLY FROM 2C SO, Q2N12HV3235B (Q2NI2VOOOIB-B). (127' MSVR)
Page 2 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
NOTES:
The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
[
Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q2N12M0V3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-341 1A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on P1-322213 approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB).
(PI-3222B on outside wall of A MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge of TDAFWP. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0V3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12M0V3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 3 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.6 Perform the following:
4.6.1 Establish communications between TDAFWP Room and Control Room.
4.6.2 Inform the Control Room Operator starting the TDAFWP.
NOTES:
The list in the following step is in the preferred order.
Step 4.8 provides instructions for resetting trip throttle valve.
4.7 Establish TDAFWP operation by throttling open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV Q2N12MOV3406 to establish one of the following conditions based on available indicators:
Establish 3960 rpm on TDAFWP local control panel or AUX FEED TURB SPD SI-3411A (MCB)
Establish desired AFW flow indication on MCB flow indicators Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above SG pressure (MCB). (PI-3222B on outside wall of, A' MDAFWP room)
Establish TDAFWP discharge pressure on PI-3222B approximately 100 psig above STM INLET PRESS as shown on PI-3223C. (TDAFWP local control panel)
Use alternate methods of monitoring TDAFWP such as a strobe tach or temporary 0-2000# gauge installed on discharge ofTDAFWP. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.8 IF TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 overspeed linkage is tripped, THEN perform the following:
4.8.1 Manually close TDAFWP TRIP & THROTTLE VLV, Q2N12MOV3406.
4.8.2 Reset the overspeed linkage on the TDAFWP by pushing linkage towards trip throttle valve.
4.8.3 Return to step 4.7.
Page 3 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C OR pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SGs as directed by control room. (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SG Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SG Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SG Q2N23HV3228C f
NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.10.1 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SiC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB) 4.10.2 Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N 1 2MOV3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
4.10.3 Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is alarm NOT in.
4.10.4 Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed. (MCB)
Page 4 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
NOTE:
Adjusting HV-3228A, B or C OR pump speed affects AFW flow rate to all steam generators.
4.9 Locally Throttle AFW to SGs as directed by control room. (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SG Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SG Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SG Q2N23HV3228C NOTE:
Steps 4.10, 4.11, and 4.12 may be performed in any order.
4.10 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of the TDAFWP is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.10.1 4.10.2 4.10.3 4.10.4 Slowly adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 until a slight reduction in speed is observed.
(MCB)
Open TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 electrically from the TDAFWP Local Control Panel or from the BOP.
Check annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED is alarm NOT in.
Adjust TDAFWP SPEED CONT SIC 3405 as required to control TDAFWP speed. (MCB)
Page 4 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should NOT be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs 4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of TDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VLV AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear 4.11.2 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG Q2N12HV3235A/26 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
4.11.3 Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SG Q2N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
4.11.4 IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG, Q2N12HV3235A (Q2N12VOO1A-A) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG, Q2N12HV3235A
[1 Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
4.11.5 IFTDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SG, Q2N12HV3235B (Q2N12VOO1B-B) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SG, Q2N12HV3235B
[1 Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ I Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Pages of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Steam supply to the TDAFWP should NOT be aligned from a faulted SG. Shift Manager should determine if plant conditions warrant supplying steam from faulted SGs 4.11 WHEN control power is restored AND MCB control of TDAFWP steam supply valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.11.1 4.11.2 4.11.3 4.11.4 4.11.5 Check MCB annunciator JF5, TDAFWP STM ISO VL V AIR ACCUM LO PRESS, clear Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO Q2N12HV3235A126 to START and verify MLB4 1.3 and 3.3 lit.
Place MCB handswitch TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO Q2N12HV3235B to START and verify MLB4 2.3 lit.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO, Q2N12HV3235A (Q2NI2VOOIA-A) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO, Q2N12HV3235A
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
IF TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO, Q2N12HV3235B (Q2NI2VOOIB-B) is jacked open, THEN perform the following TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO, Q2N12HV3235B
[ ] Adjust the jacking device until the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem is loose enough to remove.
[ ] Remove the pin connecting the jacking device to the valve stem.
[ ] Position the jacking device to the fully backed out position.
[ ] Insert the pin in the jacking device.
Page 5 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following: (127 MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A
- TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B
- TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD TDAFWP TO 2A SG Q2N23HV3228A.
TDAFWP TO 2B SG Q2N23HV3228B.
- TDAFWP TO 2C SG Q2N23HV3228C.
4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
4.12.5 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2A SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.6 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A in the fully backed out position. (127 MSVR) 4.12.7 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2B SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.8 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2B SO, Q2N231-1V3228B in the fully backed out position. (127 MSVR) 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2C SG FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C in the fully backed out position. (127 MSVR)
Page 6 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/0916:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I CAUTION:
Feeding a faulted steam generator should only be done with Shift Manager concurrence.
4.12 WHEN control power and instrument air are restored AND MCB control of the TDAFW flow control valves is desired, THEN perform the following:
4.12.1 Check air available to TDAFWP FCVs as follows:
4.12.1.1 MCB annunciator KD2, IA PRESS LO, is clear.
4.12.1.2 Restore air to the following: (127' MSVR)
- TDAFWP TO 2A sa, Q2N23HV3228A
- TDAFWP TO 2B sa, Q2N23HV3228B
- TDAFWP TO 2C sa, Q2N23HV3228C 4.12.2 Adjust the following fully open:
- TDAFWP TO 2A sa FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA (100% demand).
- TDAFWP TO 2B sa FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA (100% demand).
- TDAFWP TO 2C sa FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA (100% demand).
4.12.3 Verify the following MCB handswitches in MOD
- TDAFWP TO 2A sa Q2N23HV3228A.
- TDAFWP TO 2B sa Q2N23HV3228B.
- TDAFWP TO 2C sa Q2N23HV3228C.
4.12.4 Reset TDAFW FCVs using TDAFWP FCV 3228 RESET switch.
4.12.5 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2A sa FLOW CONT HIC 3228AA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.6 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2A sa, Q2N23HV3228A in the fully backed out position. (127' MSVR) 4.12.7 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2B sa FLOW CONT HIC 3228BA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.8 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2B sa, Q2N23HV3228B in the fully backed out position. (127' MSVR) 4.12.9 Slowly close TDAFWP TO 2C sa FLOW CONT HIC 3228CA until a slight reduction in flow is observed.
4.12.10 Place the manual jack for TDAFWP TO 2C sa, Q2N23HV3228C in the fully backed out position. (127' MSVR)
Page 6 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SG levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N 1 2HV3226 is fully backed out. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 open.
IV 4.15 Independently Verify annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV NOT in alarm.
Page 7 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 IV APPENDIX I 4.12.11 Control AFW flow to maintain SG levels as desired.
4.13 Restore TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 as follows:
4.13.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 is fully backed out. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.13.2 Restore air to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
4.14 Independently Verify TDAFWP TRIP & THRTL VLV, Q2N12MOV3406 open.
4.15 Independently Verify annunciator JG4, TDAFWP TRIP AND TV CLOSED IV NOT in alarm.
Page 7 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
IV MLB4I.3 MLB42.3 MLB43.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following: (127 MSVR)
IV TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SG Q2N12HV3235A
{ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[1 jacking device backed fully out
[1 pin inserted in jacking device TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SG Q2N12HV3235B
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[1 jacking device backed fully out pin inserted in jacking device 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
IV (127 MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SG, Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SG, Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SG, Q2N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N 1 2HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N I 2HV3226 IV is fully backed out. (100 TDAFWP Room) 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
IV 5.0 References 5.1 D205007 P & I Diagram Aux. Feedwater System 5.2 D205033/2 P&ID
- Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems 5.3 D2071 88 Elementary Diagram Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump Train C 5.4 D207 189 Elementary Diagram Turbine Aux. Feedwater Pump Train C Sh. 2 5.5 D207590/1 Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves Page 8 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I IV IV 4.16 Independently Verify the following lights lit:
MLB 41.3 MLB 4 2.3 MLB 4 3.3 4.17 Independently Verify the following: (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2B SO Q2N12HV3235A
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device TDAFWP STM SUPP FROM 2C SO Q2N12HV3235B
[ ] jacking device disconnected from valve stem
[ ] jacking device backed fully out
[ ] pin inserted in jacking device 4.18 Independently Verify jacking device backed fully out for the following:
IV (127' MSVR)
TDAFWP TO 2A SO, Q2N23HV3228A TDAFWP TO 2B SO, Q2N23HV3228B TDAFWP TO 2C SO, Q2N23HV3228C 4.19 Independently Verify TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N 12HV3226 restored as follows:
4.19.1 Verify the manual jack on TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226 IV is fully backed out. (100' TDAFWP Room) 4.19.2 Verify air restored to TDAFWP STM SUPP ISO, Q2N12HV3226.
IV 5.0 References 5.1 D205007 P & I Diagram - Aux. Feedwater System 5.2 D205033/2 P&ID - Main Steam and Auxiliary Steam Systems 5.3 D207188 Elementary Diagram - Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump Train "COO 5.4 D207189 Elementary Diagram Turbine Aux. Feedwater Pump Train "COO Sh.2 5.5 D207590/1 Elementary Diagram Solenoid Valves Page 8 of9 Version 61.0
10/27/09 16:07:57 FNP-2-SOP-22.0 APPENDIX I 5.6 D207944 Single Line Diagram
- Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS 5.7 U2092 19 Parts List for HV-3227-A-B-C 5.8 U209220 Parts Lists for HV-3228A-B-C 5.9 U209221 Parts List for HV-3226 5.10 U2 10470 3 600# Pressure-Seal Globe & Stop Check-Air Operated Valve 5.11 U214461 Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram 5.12 U277859 TDAFW Turbine Instruction Manual 5.13 A 181010 Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System 5.14 NL-04-0287 Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units I and 2 Application for License Renewal December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information, February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative #166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 9 of 9 Version 61.0 10/27/09 16:07:57 5.6 D207944 5.7 U209219 5.8 U209220 5.9 U209221 5.10 U210470 5.11 U214461 5.l2 U277859 5.13 A181010 5.14 NL-04-0287 FNP-2-S0P-22.0 APPENDIX I Single Line Diagram - Turbine Driven Aux. Feedwater Pump UPS Parts List for HV-3227-A-B-C Parts Lists for HV-3228A-B-C Parts List for HV-3226 3" 600# Pressure-Seal Globe & Stop Check-Air Operated Valve Turbine Driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Schematic Diagram TDAFW Turbine Instruction Manual Functional System Description Auxiliary Feedwater System Letter, L. M. Stinson to USNRC, "Joseph M. Farley Nuclear Plants Units 1 and 2 Application for License Renewal - December 12, 2003, Requests for Additional Information," February 26, 2004.
Question 6 response includes discussion of Severe Accident Mitigation Alternative # 166 regarding operation of the TDAFWP with no control power.
Page 9 of9 Version 61.0
Page 1 of 6
- k. In Plant JPM SO-347A TITLE: Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT X
SOCT OLT X
LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:
X PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
I.
This JPM MUST be performed on UNIT 2 only, due to differences between the Battery Chargers on each unit.
2.
Obtaining breaker interlock keys and the Racking Tool are evaluated by another Breaker racking JPM, and are not evaluated for this JPM.
3.
Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-2-SOP-37.1 Appendix 7:
Place The 2C Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory D
Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
Developer Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HLT-33 NRC exam JPM k.
Page 1 of 6
- k. In Plant JPM SO-347A TITLE: Place The Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT ~
SOCT OLT~ LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~
PERFORM X
SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~
PLANT PROJECTED TIME:
30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:
N/A AL TERNA TE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
- 1. This JPM MUST be perfonned on UNIT 2 only, due to differences between the Battery Chargers on each unit.
- 2. Obtaining breaker interlock keys and the Racking Tool are evaluated by another Breaker racking JPM, and are not evaluated for this JPM.
- 3. Other directions provided in the body of JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM, using FNP-2-S0P-37.1 Appendix 7:
Place The 2C Swing Battery Charger In Service electrically Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory 0
Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: ________________ __
Name: C. Vince Richter Date: 10-27-09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALLY. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
b.
Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-2-SOP-37. 1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-SOP-37.l, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE:
Examinee should initial steps as they are performed and identify to the examiner that another person will be needed to initial the IV and CV steps. (CUE: A PERSON IS AVAILABLE AS A VERIFIER.)
Demonstration of how to obtain a key in element 1 is not required.
1.
Obtain SI key (REI 1592) from Shift SI key obtained. (CUE: 51 (RE S / U Support Supervisor 11592) key obtained.)
NOTE:
2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker positions are not labeled. When performing element 2, SOP-36.1, Appendix 7, Step 2.2 Verify 2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker Open, Human performance tools may be used to stop, call a time out, get an evaluation performed, and ensure the positions of the breaker are known prior to continuing.
CUE IF NECESSARY: ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE HAS EVALUATED THE BREAKER POSITION AND DOWN IS OFF (OPEN) AND UP IS ON (CLOSED). A CR HAS BEEN WRITTEN TO INSTALL PERMANENT LABLING.
2.
Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT DC output breaker verified open.
S / U CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
(CUE: DC output circuit breaker is open.)
3.
Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT AC input circuit breaker verified S / U CRICUIT BREAKER open.
open. (CUE: AC input circuit breaker is open.)
- 4 Insert key S1(RE11592) into interlock on Key is turned to unlock on S / U 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY disconnect. (CUE: Disconnect DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, breaker to 600V LC unlocked.)
Q2RI 8B00 lA-A, and turn to unlock.
Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALL Y. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Unit 2 is in Mode I.
- b. Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-2-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-S0P-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0 All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
START TIME RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
- Examinee should initial steps as they are performed and identify to the examiner that another person will be needed to initial the IV and CV steps. (CUE: A PERSON IS AVAILABLE AS A VERIFIER.)
- 1.
- Demonstration of how to obtain a key in element 1 is not required.
Obtain SI key (REI 1592) from Shift Support Supervisor S 1 key obtained. (CUE: SI (RE S / U 11592) key obtained.)
NOTE:
2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker positions are not labeled. When performing element 2, SOP-36.1, Appendix 7, Step 2.2 "Verify 2C Battery Charger DC Output Circuit Breaker Open", Human performance tools may be used to stop, call a time out, get an evaluation performed, and ensure the positions of the breaker are known prior to continuing.
CUE IF NECESSARY: ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE HAS EVALUATED THE BREAKER POSITION AND DOWN IS OFF (OPEN) AND UP IS ON (CLOSED). A CR HAS BEEN WRITTEN TO INSTALL PERMANENT LABLING.
- 2.
- 3.
- 4.
Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT CRICUIT BREAKER open.
Insert key SI(REI1592) into interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Q2RI8BOOIA-A, and tum to unlock.
DC output breaker verified open.
(CUE: DC output circuit breaker is open.)
AC input circuit breaker verified open. (CUE: AC input circuit breaker is open.)
Key is turned to unlock on disconnect. (CUE: Disconnect breaker to 600V LC unlocked.)
S / U S / U S / U
Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
- 5 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE:
S / U DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Disconnect breaker to 600V LC Q2RI8BOO 1A-A.
is closed.)
- 6.
Remove Al key (RE 11586).
Al (RE 11586) key removed.
S / U (CUE: Al key is removed.)
CUE: BREAKER ED-09 IS IN THE PROPER CUBICLE.
- 7*
Insert key A1(RE 11586) in interlock on ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOO1C-AB and turn to unlock and
- 8.
On 600V LOAD CENTER 2D LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E009-A, close ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42E00 1 C-AB.
- 9*
Remove key A2 (RE 11587).
- 10.
Insert key A2 (RE 11587) in interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-I 8, Q2R1 8B002A-A and turn to unlock.
- 11.
Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-18 Q2RI 8B002A-A.
- 12.
Remove key A3 (RE 11588).
Examinee inserts key, unlocks breaker interlock and mentions racking in breaker; actual racking covered by Task SO-324. (CUE:
interlock on ED-09 unlocked and breaker racked in.)
Breaker is closed. (CUE: Red S / U position indicating light is lit and mechanical indicator indicates closed for breaker ED-09.)
A2 (RE 11587) key removed.
S / U (CUE: A2 key is removed.)
Interlock on disconnect breaker S / U unlocked. (CUE: Disconnect breaker to LA-l8 is unlocked.)
Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE:
S / U Disconnect breaker to LA-18 is closed.)
A3 key removed. (CUE: A3 key S / U is removed.)
Interlock on LA-18 unlocked.
S / U (CUE: Interlock on breaker is unlocked.)
rack breaker in.
S/U
- 13.
Insert key A3 (RE 11588) in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA-18 and turn to unlock.
NOTE: DEMONSTRATION OF HOW TO RACK IN A DC BREAKER IN THE FOLLOWING ELEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.
Page 3 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 5.
Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE: S/U DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Disconnect breaker to 600V LC Q2RI8BOOIA-A.
is closed.)
- 6.
Remove Al key (RE 11586).
Al (RE 11586) key removed.
S I U (CUE: Al key is removed.)
I CUE: BREAKER ED-09 IS IN THE PROPER CUBICLE.
- 7.
Insert key Al(RE 11586) in interlock on Examinee inserts key, unlocks S / U ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C breaker interlock and mentions Q2R42EOOIC-AB and tum to unlock and racking in breaker; actual racking rack breaker in.
covered by Task SO-324. (CUE:
interlock on ED-09 unlocked and breaker racked in.)
- 8.
On 600V LOAD CENTER 2D LOCAL Breaker is closed. (CUE: Red S / U CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E009-A, close position indicating light is lit and ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C mechanical indicator indicates Q2R42EOOIC-AB.
closed for breaker ED-09.)
- 9.
Remove key A2 (RE 11587).
A2 (RE 11587) key removed.
S I U (CUE: A2 key is removed.)
- 10.
Insert key A2 (RE 11587) in interlock on 2C Interlock on disconnect breaker S / U BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT unlocked. (CUE: Disconnect DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-18, breaker to LA-l8 is unlocked.)
Q2RI8B002A-A and tum to unlock.
- 1l.
Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT Disconnect breaker closed. (CUE:
S / U DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-18 Disconnect breaker to LA-l8 is Q2RI8BOO2A-A.
closed.)
- 12.
Remove key A3 (RE 11588).
A3 key removed. (CUE: A3key S I U is removed.)
- 13.
Insert key A3 (RE 11588) in interlock on Interlock on LA-18 unlocked.
S I U BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C (CUE: Interlock on breaker is LA-18 and tum to unlock.
unlocked.)
NOTE: DEMONSTRATION OF HOW TO RACK IN A DC BREAKER IN THE FOLLOWING ELEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.
Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
- 14.
Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER Breaker LA-I 8 verified racked in.
S I U 2C LA-18 racked in.
(CUE: Breaker LA-18 is racked in.)
- 15.
On 125V DC BUS 2A LOCAL CONTROL Handswitch for breaker LA-18 S I U PANEL Q2H21E014-A, close BATTERY taken to close. (CUE: Red CHARGER 2C 72-LA-I 8.
position indicating light is lit and mechanical indicator indicates closed for breaker LA-18.)
- 16.
Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C AC AC input breaker closed. (CUE:
S / U INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
AC input breaker is closed.)
- 17.
Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C DC DC output breaker closed after 10 S / U OUTPUT BREAKER.
seconds. (CUE: DC output breaker is closed.)
18.
Check the charger for proper amps and Voltage and Amps checked. The S / U
- voltage, following CUE includes approximate expected values for the battery charger starting up in equalize mode. (CUE: The charger volt meter reads 138v.
The charger amp meter reads 150 amps).
STOP TIME Terminate after the 2C battery charger is checked for proper amps and voltage CUE: another operator will complete Appendix 7.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
1.
FNP-2-SOP-37.1 Rev. 43.0 2.
K/As:
058AA1.02 RO-3.1 SRO-3.1 058AA1.03 RO-3.I SRO-3.3 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
- I 4.
Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA-I8 racked in.
- 15.
On I25V DC BUS 2A LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H2IEOI4-A, close BATTERY CHARGER 2C 72-LA-18.
- 16.
Close BATTERY CHARGER2C AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
- I 7.
Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C DC OUTPUT BREAKER.
- 18.
Check the charger for proper amps and voltage.
STOP TIME STANDARDS:
Page 4 of 6 RESULTS:
(CIRCLE)
Breaker LA -18 verified racked in.
S I U (CUE: Breaker LA-18 is racked in.)
Handswitch for breaker LA -I 8 S I U taken to close. (CUE: Red position indicating light is lit and mechanical indicator indicates closed for breaker LA-18.)
AC input breaker closed. (CUE:
S I V AC input breaker is closed.)
DC output breaker closed after lOS I V seconds. (CUE: DC output breaker is closed.)
Voltage and Amps checked. The S I V following CVE includes approximate expected values for the battery charger starting up in equalize mode. (CUE: The charger volt meter reads 138v.
The charger amp meter reads 150 amps).
Terminate after the 2C battery charger is checked for proper amps and voltage CUE: another operator will complete Appendix 7.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*) preceding the element number.
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
- 1.
FNP-2-S0P-37.I Rev. 43.0
- 2.
K/As: 058AA1.02 058AAl.03 RO-3.I RO-3.I GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
SRO-3.l SRO-3.3
Page 5 of 6 1.
NONE Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation 1-3 NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.
4 Critical: Task completion: required to CLOSE Battery Charger Supply disconnect.
5 Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger Supply Breaker.
6-7 Critical: Task completion: required to allow closing Battery Charger supply breaker.
8 Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger.
9-15 Critical: Task completion: required to supply power from Battery Charger to Batt Bus.
16 Critical: Task completion: required to energize Battery Charger.
17 Critical: Task completion: required to energize DC Bus from Battery Charger.
18 NOTCritical: Not required to be performed in order to properly complete task.
COMMENTS:
Page 5 of6
- 1.
NONE Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP 1-3 4
5 6-7 8
9-15 16 17 18 Evaluation NOT Critical: Verifying components which are already in the required position.
Critical: Task completion: required to CLOSE Battery Charger Supply disconnect.
Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger Supply Breaker.
Critical: Task completion: required to allow closing Battery Charger supply breaker.
Critical: Task completion: required to supply power to Battery Charger.
Critical: Task completion: required to supply power from Battery Charger to Batt Bus.
Critical: Task completion: required to energize Battery Charger.
Critical: Task completion: required to energize DC Bus from Battery Charger.
NOT Critical: Not required to be performed in order to properly complete task.
COMMENTS:
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALLY. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
a.
Unit 21s in Model.
b.
Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALLY per FNP-2-SOP-37. 1, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-SOP-37.1, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0.
All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PLACE THE SWING BATTERY CHARGER IN SERVICE ELECTRICALLY. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
- a. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
- b. Directed by Unit 2 Control Room Operator to align 2C BATTERY CHARGER to A Train ELECTRICALL Y per FNP-2-S0P-37.l, Appendix 7, starting at step 2.0 and completing to step 2.19.
FNP-2-S0P-37.l, Appendix 7, is complete up to step 2.0.
All automatic associated fire detection and suppression systems are operable.
10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 October 1, 2009 Version 43.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-SOP-37. I S
A F
E T
Y 125 VOLT D.C. AUXILIARY BUILDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP..6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued:
October 22, 2009 10127/0913:44:04 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE FNP-2-S0P-37. I FNP-2-S0P-37.1 October 1, 2009 Version 43.0 S
A F
E T
Y 125 VOLT D.C. AUXILIARY BUILDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Approved:
J L Hunter (for)
Operations Manager Date Issued: October 22, 2009 R
E L
A T
E D
10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-SOP-37. I TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body 7
Appendix I 8
Appendix 2 6
Appendix 3 4
Appendix 4 8
Appendix 5 6
Appendix 6 3
Appendix 7 6
Appendix 8 6
Appendix 9 3
Appendix 10 3
Appendix 11 9
Appendix 12 9
Page 1 of I 10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body.......................................................... 7 Appendix 1................................................ 8 Appendix 2................................................ 6 Appendix 3................................................ 4 Appendix 4................................................ 8 Appendix 5................................................ 6 Appendix 6................................................ 3 Appendix 7................................................ 6 Appendix 8........................................... '".. 6 Appendix 9................................................ 3 Appendix 10.............................................. 3 Appendix 11.............................................. 9 Appendix 12.............................................. 9 Page 1 of 1
10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-37.l 125V D.C. AUXILIARY BUILDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations and Instructions for the operation of the Auxiliary Building, 125V DC Distribution System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Battery charger 2A (2B) operation 4.2 Battery charger 2C operation 4.3 Station service batteries 2A and 2B operation 4.4 Aligning 125V DC distribution system for normal operation.
4.5 De-energizing 2A through 2F I 25V DC distribution system panels.
4.6 Supplying 2A or 2B batteries from 2C battery charger using the opposite train AC supply.
2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 Auxiliary building battery room exhaust system and battery charger room cooling systems are in operation per FNP-2-SOP-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM.
NOTE:
Step 2.2 is applicable only to sections 4.1 and 4.2 respectively.
I 2.2 600V LC 2D and 2E are energized. Version 43.0 10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 1.0 Purpose FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE SOP-37.1 125V D.C. AUXILIARY BUILDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM This procedure provides the Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations and Instructions for the operation of the Auxiliary Building, 125V DC Distribution System. Instructions are included in the following sections:
4.1 Battery charger 2A (2B) operation 4.2 Battery charger 2C operation 4.3 Station service batteries 2A and 2B operation 4.4 Aligning 125V DC distribution system for normal operation.
4.5 De-energizing 2A through 2F 125V DC distribution system panels.
4.6 Supplying 2A or 2B batteries from 2C battery charger using the opposite train AC supply.
2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 Auxiliary building battery room exhaust system and battery charger room cooling systems are in operation per FNP-2-S0P-58.0, AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM.
NOTE:
Step 2.2 is applicable only to sections 4.1 and 4.2 respectively.
2.2 600V LC 2D and 2E are energized. Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-SOP-37. I 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Observe the No Smoking!? signs. Do not strike sparks or operate space heaters in the battery room.
3.2 Ensure that the battery room exhaust ventilation system is in operation at all times.
3.3 Battery charger voltage should not exceed 140 volts. Charger amps should not exceed 600 amps.
3.4 Ensure hold tags and clearances for the components or panels to be energized have been removed.
3.5 l25V DC Battery Bus 2A breaker LAI3 and 125V DC distribution panel 2B breaker 10 should not normally be opened; however, fl they have to be opened, THEN ensure 600V load center 1R is energized from its alternate supply per FNP-1-SOP-36.3, 600, 480 AND 208/120 VOLT AC ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, to prevent an inadvertent loss of power to 600V load center I R when the above breakers are reclosed. {CMT 0004397}
3.6 Refer to Appendices I thru 6 for general precautions for opening individual breakers on 2A or 2B 125 Volt DC busses for maintenance.
3.7 When replacing a breaker that has been removed from its breaker cubicle ensure the breaker cubicle is clear of all foreign material. Electrical Maintenance personnel should remove any type stab cover if they are found in place in a breaker cubicle. (CR 1-2000-0647) 3.8 IE the door to either battery room (i.e. 2210 or 2211) is left open Q unlocked THEN continuously station an individual at the door to prevent entry into the battery rooms by unqualified personnel. Reference OSHA requirement 191 0.269(u)(4)(iv) Entrances to rooms and spaces that are not under the observation of an attendant shall be kept locked.
3.9 The MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT should NOT be on during normal charger operation. (Al 2005200333) Version 43.0 10/27/09 13:44:04 FNP-2-S0P-3 7.1 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 Observe the "No Smoking" signs. Do not strike sparks or operate space heaters in the battery room.
3.2 Ensure that the battery room exhaust ventilation system is in operation at all times.
3.3 Battery charger voltage should not exceed 140 volts. Charger amps should not exceed 600 amps.
3.4 Ensure hold tags and clearances for the components or panels to be energized have been removed.
3.5 125V DC Battery Bus 2A breaker LAl3 and 125V DC distribution panel2B breaker 10 should not normally be opened; however, IF they have to be opened, THEN ensure 600V load center 1R is energized from its alternate supply per FNP-1-S0P-36.3, 600, 480 AND 2081120 VOLT AC ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, to prevent an inadvertent loss of power to 600V load center 1R when the above breakers are reclosed. {CMT 0004397}
3.6 Refer to Appendices 1 thru 6 for general precautions for opening individual breakers on 2A or 2B 125 Volt DC busses for maintenance.
3.7 When replacing a breaker that has been removed from its breaker cubicle ensure the breaker cubicle is clear of all foreign material. Electrical Maintenance personnel should remove any type stab cover if they are found in place in a breaker cubicle. (CR 1-2000-0647) 3.8 IF the door to either battery room (i.e. 2210 or 2211) is left open OR unlocked THEN continuously station an individual at the door to prevent entry into the battery rooms by unqualified personnel. Reference OSHA requirement "191O.269(u)(4)(iv) Entrances to rooms and spaces that are not under the observation of an attendant shall be kept locked."
3.9 The MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM LIGHT should NOT be on during normal charger operation. (AI 2005200333) Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:00:47 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN Performed by:
i-i1 /
Verified by:
Date Date FNP-2-SOP-37. I APPENDIX 7 Reviewed by:
Date This appendix consists of 6 pages Version 43.0 10/27/09 13:00:47 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 Performed by: ~~
~a.?1,/
Date -----------------------
Verified by:
Date -----------------------
Reviewed by:
Date -----------------------
This appendix consists of 6 pages Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-SOP-37. 1 APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN 1.0 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler Alignment to A Train.
9 Verify this procedure is the current version. (OR 1-98-498)
Verify this procedure is the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
NOTE:
Placing the 2C Battery Charger in service on A train results in a condition where both trains of safety related DC power are potentially vulnerable to a fire.
1.3 1.4 IF automatic fire detection and suppression are operable, THEN initiate a Fire Protection LCO and establish an hourly fire watch in the following areas:
(NEL-02-0085)
Room 2210 121 Non Rad East West hallway Room 221 1 121 Non Rad East West hallway Room 2213 121 Battery & Charger entrance area Room 2225 121 2C Battery Charger room Room 2228 121 Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2234 121 Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2244 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms Room 2245 131 Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms IF either fire suppression or fire detection become inoperable in these areas, THEN establish a continuous fire watch. (NEL-02-0085)
Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat switch to OFF.
Place Local Starter For 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler (Q2E 1 6G000 1) power lead in A Train Receptacle For 2C Battery Chg Rm. Clr. Power (Q2E16G0003)
(AB 121, located in battery room access area).
Page 1 of6 Version 43.0 10/27/09 l3:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX 7 ALIGNING 2C BATTERY CHARGER TO A TRAIN 1.0 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler Alignment to A Train.
fj; -& 1.1 fj;~ 1.2 NOTE:
g:~ 1.4 fJ:& 1.5 g:~ 1.6 Verify this procedure is the current version. (OR 1-98-498)
Verify this procedure is the correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
Placing the 2C Battery Charger in service on A train results in a condition where both trains of safety related DC power are potentially vulnerable to a fire.
IF automatic fire detection and suppression are operable, THEN initiate a Fire Protection LCO and establish an hourly fire watch in the following areas:
(NEL-02-0085)
Room 2210 121' Non Rad East West hallway Room 2211 121' Non Rad East West hallway Room 2213 121' Battery & Charger entrance area Room 2225 121' 2C Battery Charger room Room 2228 121' Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2234 121' Non Rad North-South hallway Room 2244 131' Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms Room 2245 131' Battery charger room coolers above battery rooms IF either fire suppression or fire detection become inoperable in these areas, THEN establish a continuous fire watch. (NEL-02-0085)
Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat switch to OFF.
Place Local Starter For 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler (Q2EI6GOOOl) power lead in A Train Receptacle For 2C Battery Chg Rm. Clr. Power (Q2EI6G0003)
(AB 121', located in battery room access area).
Page 1 of6 Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 1.7 Verify closed the following valves:
1.7.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224C.
1.7.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224D.
c4) 1 V\\-
9 1.7.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2PI 6V230C.
1.7.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2PI 6V230D.
1.8 Verify open the following valves:
1.8.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
1.8.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BAIT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.
1.8.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P 1 6V230A.
1.8.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P 1 6V230B.
V-1.9 Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
.10 Independently verify the following valves are closed:
1.10.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224C.
1.10.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR2C Q2P16V224D.
1.10.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C iv Q2P16V230C.
1.10.4 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C iv Q2P16V230D.
Page 2 of 6 Version 43.0 10/27109 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 1.7 g:{&
g:{&
g:{&
g:{&
1.8 g:{&
g:{&
g:{&
g:{&
g:{& 1.9 1.10 aW dY?!
dr?l IV aW IV Verify closed the following valves:
1.7.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224C.
1.7.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224D.
1.7.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230C.
1.704 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230D.
Verify open the following valves:
1.8.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
1.8.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.
1.8.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230A.
1.804 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230B.
Place 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
Independently verify the following valves are closed:
1.10.1 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224C.
1.10.2 SW TRN B SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR2C Q2P16V224D.
1.10.3 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230C.
1.1004 SW TRN B RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230D.
Page 2 of6 Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 1.11 Independently verify the following valves are open:
1.11.1 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
1.11.2 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.
dW 1.11.3 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C iv Q2P16V230A.
1.11.4 SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C iv Q2P16V230B.
1.12 Independently veri 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
2.0 Aligning 2C Charger Electrically.
2.1 Obtain Si key (RE 11592) from Shift Support Supervisor.
2.2 Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.3 Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.4 Insert key 51 (RE 11592) into interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Q2R18BOOIA-A, and turn to unlock.
/
2.5 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, cv Q2R18BOOIA-A.
2.6 Remove Al key (RE 11586).
Page 3 of 6 Version 43.0 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 IV IV 1.11 Independently verify the following valves are open:
1.11.1 1.11.2 1.11.3 1.11.4 SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224A.
SW TRN A SUPP TO BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V224B.
SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230A.
SW TRN A RETURN FROM BATT CHG RM CLR 2C Q2P16V230B.
a11l 1.12 Independently verify 2C Battery Charger Room Cooler thermostat in AUTO.
IV 2.0 Aligning 2C Charger Electrically.
2.l Obtain S 1 key (RE 11592) from Shift Support Supervisor.
2.2 Verify 2C Battery Charger DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.3 Verify 2C Battery Charger AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER open.
2.4 Insert key SI (RE 11592) into interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, Q2R18BOOIA-A, and turn to unlock.
1 2.5 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER SUPPLY DISCONNECT 2A FROM LCC 2D, CV Q2RI8BOOIA-A.
2.6 Remove Al key (RE 11586).
Page 3 of6 Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 2.7 IF breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C is NOT in its assigned cubicle, THEN perform the following:
2.7.1 Rack the supply breaker, identified as EDO9 on the calibration sticker, to the Remove position in the spare cubicle located below breaker EDO8.
2.7.2 Pull breaker EDO9 out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
r NOTE:
Rails may be extended out after breaker is removed from spare cubicle.
2.7.3 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out in breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.7.4 Check the cubicle is clear of all foreign material before replacing the breaker.
2.7.5 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle, below breaker EDO8, to breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.7.6 Insert breaker EDO9 into its cubicle.
2.7.7 Slide the extension rails into breaker EDO9 cubicle.
2.8 Perform the following at breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42E00 1 C-AB:
2.8.1 Insert key Al (RE 11586) in interlock on ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOO1C-AB and turn to unlock.
2.8.2 Rack in breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB.
2.9 On 600V LOAD CENTER 2D LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E009-A, Cv close ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB.
2.10 Remove key A2 (RE 11587).
2.11 Insert key A2 (RE 11587) in interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-I 8, Q2RI8BOO2A-A and turn to unlock.
2.12 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONISIECT 2A TO BREAKER cv LA-I 8, Q2RI 8B002A-A.
2.13 RemovekeyA3 (RE 11588).
Page 4 of 6 Version 43.0 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-3 7.1 APPENDIX 7 2.7 IF breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C is NOT in its assigned cubicle, THEN perform the following:
2.7.1 Rack the supply breaker, identified as ED09 on the calibration sticker, to the "Remove" position in the spare cubicle located below breaker ED08.
2.7.2 Pull breaker ED09 out of the spare cubicle until the breaker is clear of the enclosure.
NOTE:
Rails may be extended out after breaker is removed from spare cubicle.
2.7.3 Open the cubicle door and slide the extension rails out in breaker ED09 cubicle.
2.7.4 Check the cubicle is clear of all foreign material before replacing the breaker.
2.7.5 Transfer the breaker from its spare cubicle, below breaker ED08, to breaker ED09 cubicle.
2.7.6 Insert breaker ED09 into its cubicle.
2.7.7 Slide the extension rails into breaker ED09 cubicle.
2.8 Perform the following at breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOO 1 C-AB:
2.8.1 Insert key Al (RE 11586) in interlock on ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB and tum to unlock.
2.8.2 Rack in breaker ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB.
_I _ 2.9 On 600V LOAD CENTER 2D LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21 E009-A, CV close ED-09 BATTERY CHARGER 2C Q2R42EOOIC-AB.
2.10 Remove key A2 (RE 11587).
2.11 Insert key A2 (RE 11587) in interlock on 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER LA-18, Q2RI8B002A-A and tum to unlock.
_1_ 2.12 Close 2C BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT DISCONNECT 2A TO BREAKER cv LA-18, Q2RI8B002A-A.
2.13 Remove key A3 (RE 11588).
Page 4 of6 Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 2.14 Insert key A3 (RE 11588) in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LAI 8 and turn to unlock.
2.15 Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA 18 racked in.
/
2.16 On 125V DC BUS 2A LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21E014-A, close cv BATTERY CHARGER 2C 72-LA 1 8.
/
2.17 Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
cv
/
2.18 Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
cv NOTE:
The battery charger will start up in the FLOAT mode; after 5 minutes the battery charger will swap to EQUALIZE mode.
2.19 Check on-coming charger for proper operation:
Less than or equal to 140 VDC Less than or equal to 600 amps Battery charger starts up in FLOAT mode.
NOTE:
If a Battery Charger that is being removed from service is currently on equalize, notify Supervision/EM to determine if the Battery Charger being placed in service should be placed on equalize.
(Al 2008207726) 2.20 IF 2A Battery Charger is in service, THEN place 2A Battery Charger charge switch to FLOAT and release.
Page 5 of 6 Version 43.0 10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7
_1-cv
_1-cv
_1-cv 2.14 Insert key A3 (RE 11588) in interlock on BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA 18 and tum to unlock.
2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 Verify BREAKER BATTERY CHARGER 2C LA 18 racked in.
On 125V DC BUS 2A LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Q2H21 EOI4-A, close BATTERY CHARGER2C 72-LA18.
Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C AC INPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
Close BATTERY CHARGER 2C DC OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER.
NOTE:
The battery charger will start up in the FLOAT mode; after 5 minutes the battery charger will swap to EQUALIZE mode.
2.19 Check on-coming charger for proper operation:
Less than or equal to 140 VDC Less than or equal to 600 amps Battery charger starts up in FLOAT mode.
NOTE:
If a Battery Charger that is being removed from service is currently on equalize, notify SupervisionlEM to determine if the Battery Charger being placed in service should be placed on equalize.
(AI 2008207726) 2.20 IF 2A Battery Charger is in service, THEN place 2A Battery Charger charge switch to FLOAT and release.
Page 5 of6 Version 43.0
10/27/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-SOP-37.1 APPENDIX 7 2.21 Remove 2A Battery Charger from service as follows:
2.21.1 Open battery charger 2A AC input breaker.
CV 2.21.2 Wait 5 seconds and open battery charger 2A DC output breaker.
CV 2.21.3 Open battery charger 125V DC Bus 2A supply breaker LAO9.
CV 2.21.4 Open battery charger 2A supply breaker ED04.
CV 2.21.5 Rack out battery charger 2A supply breaker ED-04.
CV 2.22 Check 2C Battery Charger swaps to EQUALIZE mode after approximately 5 minutes.
2.23 On 2C Battery Charger, depress FLOAT pushbutton and release.
NOTE:
Battery Charger amperage is reflective of DC system loading. Normal system loads (inverters, etc.) will be indicated by amperage greater than 75 amps. Special plant conditions and consequential DC load reduction (e.g. no inverters) may result in charger amperage less than 75 amps.
(CR20081 11062) 2.24 Check 2C Battery Charger voltage and amperage for proper operation as follows (Al 2005200333):
132to132.5VDC
>75 amps Page 6 of 6 Version 43.0 10127/09 13:00:47 FNP-2-S0P-37.1 APPENDIX 7 CV CV CV CV CV 2.21 Remove 2A Battery Charger from service as follows:
2.21.1 Open battery charger 2A AC input breaker.
2.21.2 Wait 5 seconds and open battery charger 2A DC output breaker.
2.21.3 Open battery charger 125V DC Bus 2A supply breaker LA09.
2.21.4 Open battery charger 2A supply breaker ED-04.
2.21.5 Rack out battery charger 2A supply breaker ED-04.
2.22 Check 2C Battery Charger swaps to EQUALIZE mode after approximately 5 minutes.
2.23 On 2C Battery Charger, depress FLOAT pushbutton and release.
NOTE:
Battery Charger amperage is reflective of DC system loading. Normal system loads (inverters, etc.) will be indicated by amperage greater than 75 amps. Special plant conditions and consequential DC load reduction (e.g. no inverters) may result in charger amperage less than 75 amps.
(CR200811 1062) 2.24 Check 2C Battery Charger voltage and amperage for proper operation as follows (AI 2005200333):
132 to 132.5 VDC
>75 amps Page 6 of6 Version 43.0